PERFORMANCE

Intentionally left blank

 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-LOD Loading

PER-OPD Operating Data

PER-THR Thrust Ratings

PER-TOF Takeoff

PER-FPL Flight Planning

PER-CLB Climb

PER-CRZ Cruise

PER-HLD Holding

PER-DES Descent

PER-GOA Go Around

PER-LDG Landing

PER-OEI One Engine Inoperative

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS
OPERATING MANUAL

M Localization DU Title DU identification DU date

No Temporary Documentary Unit

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-PLP-LETDU P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
PRELIMINARY PAGES
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW LIST OF EFFECTIVE TEMPORARY DOCUMENTARY UNITS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-PLP-LETDU P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

LOADING
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-LOD-GEN GENERAL
DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A

PER-LOD-CGO CARGO LOADING

GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................................................B
RESTRAINT SYSTEM.............................................................................................................................................C
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM (If installed).............................................................................................................. D
CARGO CAPACITY.................................................................................................................................................E
CARGO DOOR OPERATION..................................................................................................................................F
LOCATION OF SERVICE PANELS........................................................................................................................G

PER-LOD-FUL FUEL
GENERAL INFORMATION......................................................................................................................................A
REFUELING.............................................................................................................................................................B
GROUND FUEL TRANSFER..................................................................................................................................C
DEFUELING.............................................................................................................................................................D
OVERWING GRAVITY REFUELING...................................................................................................................... E
REFUELING WITH ONE ENGINE RUNNING........................................................................................................ F
APU START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING............................................................................G
USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)............................................................................................. H

PER-LOD-WBA WEIGHT AND BALANCE

PER-LOD-WBA-LTS LOAD AND TRIM SHEET
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
DATA........................................................................................................................................................................B
DESCRIPTION.........................................................................................................................................................C
LOAD AND TRIM SHEET.......................................................................................................................................D

PER-LOD-WBA-FIT FUEL INDEX TABLES

PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10 FUEL INDEX TABLE
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR CENTER TANK........................................................................................................... B
FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR WING TANK................................................................................................................ C
FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR ACT1........................................................................................................................... D
FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR ACT2............................................................................................................................E

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PER-LOD-GEN-00001661.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

MANUFACTURER’S EMPTY WEIGHT (MEW)

The weight of the structure, power plant, furnishings, systems and other items of equipment that
are considered as integral part of the aircraft. It is essentially a “dry” weight, including only those
fluids contained in closed systems (e.g. hydraulic fluid).
OPERATIONAL EMPTY WEIGHT (OEW)
The manufacturer’s weight empty plus the operator’s items i.e. the flight and cabin crew and their
baggage, unusable fuel, engine oil, emergency equipment, toilet chemicals and fluids, galley
structure, catering equipment, seats, documents etc.
DRY OPERATING WEIGHT (DOW)
The total weight of an aircraft ready for a specific type of operation excluding all usable fuel and
traffic load.
Operational Empty Weight plus items specific to the type of flight i.e. catering, newspapers, pantry
equipment etc.
TAKEOFF FUEL
The weight of the fuel onboard at takeoff.
OPERATING WEIGHT
The weight obtained by addition of the operational empty weight and the takeoff fuel.
TOTAL TRAFFIC LOAD
The weight of the payload including cargo loads, passengers and passengers bags.
ZERO FUEL WEIGHT (ZFW)
The weight obtained by addition of the total traffic load and the dry operating weight.
TAKEOFF WEIGHT (TOW)
The weight at takeoff. It is equal to the addition of the zero fuel weight and takeoff fuel.
TRIP FUEL
The weight of the fuel necessary to cover the normal leg without reserves.
LANDING WEIGHT
The weight at landing. It is equal to takeoff weight minus trip fuel.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001662.0005001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The aircraft has two lower deck cargo compartments :

‐ Forward cargo compartment, compartment 1 and 2.
‐ Aft cargo compartment, subdivided into compartments 3, 4 and 5.
The main access doors to forward and aft compartments are hydraulically operated.
A bulk cargo door  gives additional access to the aft cargo compartment. It is manually operated.

DESCRIPTION
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001663.0002001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

Each compartment is divided into sections, and is designed to be category C as defined by FAR.
A placard in each compartment indicates the maximum authorized gross weight.
The compartments have separate lighting.

RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001664.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

Divider nets subdivide the compartments to allow them to be partially loaded and to retain the bulk.
Door nets which protect the doors from shifting cargo, must be used whenever the compartment
contain cargo.

CARGO LOADING SYSTEM (IF INSTALLED)

Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001665.0020001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

A semi-automatic cargo loading system, which may be installed in forward and aft compartments,
loads pallets and containers.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 1/10

FCOM A to D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

CARGO CAPACITY
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001666.0020001 / 12 MAY 15
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A344, VN-A358,
VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611,
VN-A612

FULL BULK
The maximum load capacity for each cargo compartment is as follows :
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 2 202 kg (4 854 lb)
Compartment 2 : 3 468 kg (7 645 lb)
‐ Aft
Compartment 3 : 3 587 kg (7 906 lb)
Compartment 4 : 2 083 kg (4 592 lb)
Compartment 5 : 1 497 kg (3 300 lb)
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM (CLS)
When the Cargo Loading System (CLS) is installed in the FWD and AFT cargo, the maximum load
of each compartment is as follows :
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
Compartment 2 : 3 402 kg (7 500 lb)
‐ Aft
Compartment 3 : 3 402 kg (7 500 lb)
Compartment 4 : 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
The following table lists the loading possibilities (including the Maximum Gross Weight per
container/pallet).
ULD ATA NAS 3610 IATA Allowable MGW Maximum number
kg lb fwd aft
Half size LD3-46 2K2 G 1 134 2 500 5 5
Full size LD3-46W 2K2 H 1 134 2 500 5 5
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 K 1 134 2 500 5 5
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 X 1 134 2 500 5 5

Note: The compartment 5 (bulk compartment) is always used in bulk configuration with a
maximum load of 1 497 kg (3 300 lb).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 2/10

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

CARGO CAPACITY
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001666.0072001 / 16 NOV 11
Applicable to: VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

OCCASIONAL BULK
The maximum load for each compartment and section is as follows:
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 1 365 kg (3 010 lb)
Compartment 2 : 2 173 kg (4 790 lb)
‐ Aft
The following table gives the maximum allowable cargo load (fuel excluded) for each
compartment, and the maximum allowable combined load (cargo + ACT fuel) for all aft
compartments. Both sets of limitations must be respected.
Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartment 3 (cargo) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 1 452 kg (3 200 lb) 708 kg (1 560 lb)
Compartment 4 (cargo) 1 297 kg (2 860 lb) 1 297 kg (2 860 lb) 1 297 kg (2 860 lb)
Compartment 5 (cargo) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb)
Compartments 3+4+5
Not applicable 6 712 kg (14 797 lb) 6 924 kg (15 264 lb)
(cargo + ACT fuel)
ACT : Additional Center Tank
ACT fuel : Fuel weight in the ACTs
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM (CLS)
The maximum load for each compartment is as follows:
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
Compartment 2 : 3 402 kg (7 500 lb)
‐ Aft
The following table gives the maximum allowable cargo load (fuel excluded) for each
compartment, and the maximum allowable combined load (cargo + ACT fuel) for all aft
compartments. Both sets of limitations must be respected.
Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartment 3 (cargo) 3 402 kg (7 500 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 1 134 kg (2 500 lb)
Compartment 4 (cargo) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
Compartment 5 (cargo) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb)
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 3/10

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartments 3+4+5
Not applicable 6 765 kg (14 914 lb) 6 391 kg (14 089 lb)
(cargo + ACT fuel)
ACT : Additional Center Tank
ACT fuel : Fuel weight in the ACTs
The following table lists the loading possibilities, including the Maximum Gross Weight per
container/pallet.
ULD ATA NAS 3610 IATA Allowable MGW Maximum number
kg lb fwd aft
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
Half size LD3-46 2K2 G 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
Full size LD3-46W 2K2 H 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 K 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 X 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)

ACT: Additional Center Tank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 4/10

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

CARGO CAPACITY
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001666.0045001 / 16 NOV 11
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359, VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362,
VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390

OCCASIONAL BULK
When the occasional bulk configuration is used, the maximum load capacity for each cargo
compartment is as follows :
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 1 365 kg (3 010 lb)
Compartment 2 : 2 173 kg (4 790 lb)
‐ Aft
The following table indicates the maximum allowable cargo load (fuel excluded) for each aft
cargo compartment, and the maximum allowable combined load (cargo + ACT fuel) for all aft
cargo compartments. Both sets of limitations must be respected.
Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartment 3 (cargo) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 1 452 kg (3 200 lb) To be defined
Compartment 4 (cargo) 1 297 kg (2 860 lb) 1 297 kg (2 860 lb) To be defined
Compartments 3+4
Not applicable 5 617 kg (12 383 lb) To be defined
(cargo + ACT fuel)
ACT : Additional Center Tank
ACT fuel : Fuel weight in the ACTs
CARGO LOADING SYSTEM (CLS)
The maximum load capacity for each cargo compartment is as follows :
‐ Forward
Compartment 1 : 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
Compartment 2 : 3 402 kg (7 500 lb)
‐ Aft
The following table indicates the maximum allowable cargo load (fuel excluded) for each aft
cargo compartment, and the maximum allowable combined load (cargo + ACT fuel) for all aft
cargo compartments. Both sets of limitations must be respected.
Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartment 3 (cargo) 3 402 kg (7 500 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 1 134 kg (2 500 lb)
Compartment 4 (cargo) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb) 2 268 kg (5 000 lb)
Compartment 5 (cargo) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb) 1 497 kg (3 300 lb)
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 5/10

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Maximum Gross Weight
ACT not installed One ACT installed Two ACTs installed
Compartments 3+4+5
Not applicable 6 765 kg (14 914 lb) 6 391 kg (14 089 lb)
(cargo + ACT fuel)
ACT : Additional Center Tank
ACT fuel : Fuel weight in the ACTs
The following table lists the loading possibilities (including the Maximum Gross Weight per
container/pallet).
ULD ATA NAS 3610 IATA Allowable MGW Maximum number
kg lb fwd aft
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
Half size LD3-46 2K2 G 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
Full size LD3-46W 2K2 H 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 K 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)
5 5 (4 if 1 ACT
60.4 × 61.5 in 2K3 X 1 134 2 500 installed, 3 if 2
ACTs installed)

ACT: Additional Center Tank

CARGO DOOR OPERATION

Applicable to: ALL
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-A-00001667.0002001 / 17 MAR 11

NORMAL OPERATION
OPENING
 On door
ACCESS DOOR OPERATING HANDLE................................................................ RELEASE
Push handle flap inward.
DOOR........................................................................................................................ UNLOCK
Move door operating handle downward (105 °) from LOCKED to UNLOCK position.
 On door service panel
SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR...............................................................................OPEN

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 6/10

FCOM ← E to F → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE...................................................HOLD ON OPEN

The yellow hydraulic system is pressurized (YELLOW ELEC PUMP energized). Operation
of the flight controls and PTU is inhibited.
 When the door is fully open (green light on the service panel is on) :
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE..............................................................RELEASE
When released, the lever returns to the neutral position and shuts down the electric pump.
CLOSING
 On door service panel
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE.................................................HOLD ON CLOSE
At first the lever locks in an intermediate position, maintaining a pre-set pressurization to
prevent the door from dropping open. The operator can then move the lever to CLOSE and
the door closes. When it is fully closed, the lever returns to the neutral position and shuts
down the electric pump.
Ensure that green indicator light goes off.
 On door
DOOR............................................................................................................................. LOCK
Immediately push the door operating handle upwards to the locked position. When the door
is locked, the cargo doors view ports appear green, the CARGO door indication on ECAM
extinguishes, and the handle flap mechanism locks the operating handle.
 On door service panel
ACCESS DOOR........................................................................................................... CLOSE
Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-A-00001668.0002001 / 17 MAR 11

AUXILIARY OPERATION
In case of an electrical failure or if the electric pump fails, the operator can open or close the doors
by working the hand pump.
HAND PUMP OPENING
 On door
DOOR........................................................................................................................ UNLOCK
Unlock the operating handle as if for normal operation.
 On door service panel
SERVICE PANEL ACCESS DOOR............................................................................... OPEN
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE...................................................HOLD ON OPEN

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 7/10

FCOM ←F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

 On ground service panel

HAND PUMP........................................................................................................... OPERATE
The door opens.
 When the door is fully open (green light on the service panel is on) :
 On door service panel
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE....................................................... RELEASE
HAND PUMP CLOSING
 On door service panel
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE.................................................HOLD ON CLOSE
 On ground service panel
HAND PUMP........................................................................................................... OPERATE
The door closes.
 On door service panel
LEVER OF MANUAL SELECTOR VALVE..............................................................RELEASE
Release when door is fully closed.
 On door
DOOR............................................................................................................................. LOCK
Lock the operating handle as for normal operation.
 On door service panel and ground service panel
ACCESS DOORS.........................................................................................................CLOSE

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 8/10

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

LOCATION OF SERVICE PANELS

Ident.: PER-LOD-CGO-00001669.0002001 / 09 DEC 09

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 9/10

FCOM G→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CARGO LOADING
OPERATING MANUAL

Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-CGO P 10/10

FCOM ←G 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL INFORMATION
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00014822.0001001 / 19 DEC 12
Applicable to: ALL

USABLE FUEL VOLUME

Refer to DSC-28-10-20 Tanks.
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00001672.0003001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: VN-A344, VN-A358

REFUELING
‐ During automatic refueling, fuel goes into the center tank and wing tanks simultaneously.
During manual refueling, fill the wing tanks first, then the center tank.
‐ With the tanks filled to the maximum capacity, there is enough space in each tank to allow for a
2 % thermal expansion of the fuel without its spilling through the vent system.
‐ Electrical transients (caused by switching among the APU, the external and the engine electrical
supply) during automatic refueling may stop the process. If the automatic refueling process is
stopped, it is necessary to re-enter the Preselected Fuel Quantity.
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00001672.0005001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A392, VN-A393,
VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611, VN-A612

REFUELING
‐ During automatic refueling, fuel goes into the center tank and the outer cell of the wing tanks
simultaneously. When the outer cell of the wing tank is full, fuel overflows into the inner cell.
When the center tank is full, fuel overflows into the ACTs  .
During manual refueling, fill the wing tanks first, then the center tank, then the ACTs  .
‐ With the tanks filled to the maximum capacity, there is enough space in each tank to allow for a
2 % thermal expansion of the fuel without its spilling through the vent system.
‐ Electrical transients (caused by switching among the APU, the external and the engine electrical
supply) during automatic refueling may stop the process. If the automatic refueling process is
stopped, it is necessary to re-enter the Preselected Fuel Quantity.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 1/30

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00001672.0007001 / 09 DEC 09

Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

REFUELING
‐ During automatic refueling, fuel goes into the center tank and the wing tanks simultaneously.
When the center tank is full, fuel overflows into the ACTs  .
During manual refueling, fill the wing tanks first, then the center tank, then the ACTs  .
‐ With the tanks filled to the maximum capacity, there is enough space in each tank to allow for a
2 % thermal expansion of the fuel without its spilling through the vent system.
‐ Electrical transients (caused by switching among the APU, the external and the engine electrical
supply) during automatic refueling may stop the process. If the automatic refueling process is
stopped, it is necessary to re-enter the Preselected Fuel Quantity.
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00001673.0002001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A344, VN-A358,
VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611,
VN-A612

REFUELING CONTROL PANEL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 2/30

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-A-00001673.0009001 / 09 DEC 09

Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

REFUELING CONTROL PANEL

REFUELING
Applicable to: ALL
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-B-00001674.0001001 / 15 JAN 13

PREPARATION
ACCESS PLATFORM...................................................................................................IN POSITION

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 3/30

FCOM ← A to B → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................APPLY
During refueling operations, ensure that:
‐ HF transmission is not performed
‐ The aircraft is properly bonded to the tanker
‐ The tanker and the aircraft are properly grounded. If suitable ground is not available, the aircraft
can be bonded to the tanker only. Always connect the ground cable to the parking ground point
(or to the tanker) before connecting it to the aircraft
‐ The external lighting is not operated.
In the cockpit, check that the PARK BRK is ON and that the ACCU PRESS has sufficient
pressure. If the PARK BRK cannot be set to ON, check that the chocks are in place.
Do not refuel, if a fire or engine overheat warning is displayed.
Note: For APU start/shutdown during refueling, Refer to PER-LOD-FUL APU
START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING.
MAX REFUELING PRESSURE............................................................................... 50 PSI (3.5 bar)
 On refueling control panel:
TEST...................................................................................................................................... LTS
Lights on the panel come on. FUEL QTY and the PRESELECTED and ACTUAL displays
show 8’s.
TEST..................................................................................................................................HI.LVL
HI LVL lights change state if the high level sensors and their circuits are serviceable.
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-B-00001689.0001001 / 17 MAR 11

AUTOMATIC REFUELING
REFUEL VALVES............................................................................CHECK NORM and GUARDED
PRESELECTOR...........................................................................................................................SET
MODE SELECT.................................................................................................................... REFUEL
START REFUELING
When the refueling is finished the END light comes on.
ACTUAL QUANTITY.............................................................................................................. CHECK
The actual quantity must be within 100 kg (220 lb) of the preselected quantity.
MODE SELECT.................................................................................................OFF and GUARDED
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-B-00001675.0001001 / 17 MAR 11

MANUAL REFUELING
REFUEL VALVES..................................................................................................................... SHUT
MODE SELECT.................................................................................................................... REFUEL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 4/30

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

REFUEL VALVES (tanks to be filled)...................................................................................... OPEN

START REFUELING
FUEL QTY..........................................................................................................................MONITOR
 When the contents of the tanks reach the required level :
Corresponding REFUEL VALVES......................................................................................SHUT
MODE SELECT.......................................................................................... OFF and GUARDED
REFUEL VALVES................................................................................... NORM and GUARDED

GROUND FUEL TRANSFER

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001690.0005001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A344, VN-A358,
VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611,
VN-A612

 From one wing tank to the other wing tank or to the center tank :
 On cockpit overhead FUEL panel
PUMPS (of the wing tank not to be defueled)................................................................... OFF
PUMPS (of the wing tank to be defueled)........................................................................... ON
X FEED.................................................................................................................................ON
OPEN light comes on.
 On refueling control panel :
REFUEL VALVES (of tanks not to be filled)................................................................... SHUT
REFUEL VALVES (of tanks to be filled)......................................................................... OPEN
MODE SELECT...................................................................................................DEFUEL/XFR
OPEN light comes on.
FUEL QTY................................................................................................................ MONITOR
 When the tank contents reach the required level :
Corresponding REFUEL VALVES..........................................................................................SHUT
MODE SELECT.............................................................................................. OFF and GUARDED
OPEN light goes out.
REFUEL VALVES....................................................................................... NORM and GUARDED
Set cockpit FUEL panel to normal configuration.
 From center tank to the L (R) wing tank :
L(R) TK PUMPS......................................................................................................................... ON
CTR TK L(R) XFR...................................................................................................................... ON
When the wing tank is full or if the center tank is empty the transfer valve will automatically close.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 5/30

FCOM ← B to C → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

GROUND FUEL TRANSFER

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001690.0006001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

 From one wing tank to the other wing tank or to the center tank :
 On cockpit overhead FUEL panel
PUMPS (of the wing tank not to be defueled)................................................................... OFF
PUMPS (of the wing tank to be defueled)........................................................................... ON
X FEED.................................................................................................................................ON
OPEN light comes on.
 On refueling control panel :
REFUEL VALVES (of tanks not to be filled)................................................................... SHUT
REFUEL VALVES (of tanks to be filled)......................................................................... OPEN
MODE SELECT...................................................................................................DEFUEL/XFR
OPEN light comes on.
FUEL QTY................................................................................................................ MONITOR
 When the tank contents reach the required level :
Corresponding REFUEL VALVES..........................................................................................SHUT
MODE SELECT.............................................................................................. OFF and GUARDED
OPEN light goes out.
REFUEL VALVES.......................................................................................NORM and GUARDED
Set cockpit FUEL panel to normal configuration.
 From center tank to the L (R) wing tank :
L(R) TK PUMPS......................................................................................................................... ON
CTR TK L(R) XFR...................................................................................................................... ON
When the wing tank is full or if the center tank is empty the transfer valve will automatically close.
 From ACT to center tank :
 On cockpit refuelling control panel (if fitted) :
REFUEL PWR pushbutton switch........................................................................................ON
or
REFUEL/DEFUEL Control panel access door................................................................ OPEN
 On cockpit overhead FUEL panel
ACT.................................................................................................................................... FWD
FUEL QTY................................................................................................................ MONITOR

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 6/30

FCOM ←C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

 When the tank contents reach the required level :

ACT.................................................................................................................................. AUTO
REFUEL PWR Pushbutton switch......................................................................................OFF
or
REFUEL/DEFUEL control panel access door............................................................... CLOSE

DEFUELING
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001691.0004001 / 08 FEB 13
Applicable to: ALL

Note: Defueling by suction is not possible. Fuel can be removed from wing tank only. To defuel
center tank, first transfer fuel to the wing tanks.
ACCESS PLATFORM.......................................................................................................IN POSITION
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS............................................................................................................APPLY
During defueling operations, ensure that:
‐ HF transmission is not performed
‐ The aircraft is properly bonded to the tanker
‐ The tanker and the aircraft are properly grounded. If suitable ground is not available, the aircraft
can be bonded to the tanker only. Always connect the ground cable to the parking ground point (or
to the tanker) before connecting it to the aircraft
‐ The external lighting is not operated.
In the cockpit, check that the PARK BRK is ON and that the ACCU PRESS has sufficient pressure. If
the PARK BRK cannot be set to ON, check that the chocks are in place.
Do not defuel, if a fire or engine overheat warning is displayed.
Note: For APU start/shutdown during defueling, Refer to PER-LOD-FUL APU
START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING.
MAX DEFUELING PRESSURE................................................................................ 11 PSI (0.75 bar)
 On cockpit overhead FUEL panel:
PUMPS...................................................................................................................................... OFF
 On refueling control panel:
REFUEL VALVES................................................................................................................. NORM
MODE SELECT (OPEN light comes on)...................................................................DEFUEL/XFR
 On cockpit overhead FUEL panel :
PUMPS (of the tank(s) to be defueled)......................................................................................ON
X FEED (OPEN light comes on)................................................................................................ ON
FUEL QTY....................................................................................................................... MONITOR

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 7/30

FCOM ← C to D → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

 When tank contents reach required level

Corresponding PUMPS............................................................................................................. OFF
 On refueling control panel:
MODE SELECT (OPEN light goes out)..........................................................OFF and GUARDED
REFUEL VALVES.......................................................................................NORM and GUARDED
Set cockpit FUEL panel to normal configuration.

OVERWING GRAVITY REFUELING

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001676.0004001 / 16 NOV 11
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A344, VN-A358,
VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611,
VN-A612

Overwing gravity refueling is done at the refuel point in the top of each wing. Fill center tank by
transfer from the right wing tank (open the X FEED valve in case of transfer from the left wing tank).
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS............................................................................................................APPLY
Disembark all passengers.
During refueling operations, ensure that:
‐ No HF transmission is performed
‐ The aircraft is properly bonded to the tanker
‐ The tanker and the aircraft are properly grounded. If suitable ground is not available, the aircraft
can be bonded to the tanker only. Always connect the ground cable to the parking ground point (or
to the tanker) before connecting it to the aircraft. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) 12–
11–28 PB 301 for detailed safety procedures.
Note: For APU start/shutdown during refueling, Refer to PER-LOD-FUL APU
START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING.
RH WING REFUELING PROCEDURE
* OVERWING REFUEL CAP.............................................................................................REMOVE
* REFUELING........................................................................................................................ START
 If the center tank is to be refueled:
GROUND FUEL TRANSFER PROCEDURE................................................................... APPLY
 When the wing tank reaches the required level:
* REFUELING....................................................................................................................STOP
* OVERWING REFUEL CAP....................................................................................... INSTALL
LH WING REFUELING PROCEDURE
Perform the steps for RH wing refueling procedure marked * then:

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 8/30

FCOM ← D to E → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

MODE SELECT................................................................................................... REFUEL then OFF

Note: The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point of the wing and therefore the wing
tanks cannot be filled to full.

OVERWING GRAVITY REFUELING

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001676.0007001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

Overwing gravity refueling is done at the refuel point in the top of each wing. Fill center tank by
transfer from the right wing tank (open the X FEED valve in case of transfer from the left wing tank)
and ACT by transfer from the center tank.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS............................................................................................................APPLY
Disembark all passengers.
During refueling operations, ensure that:
‐ No HF transmission is performed
‐ The aircraft is properly bonded to the tanker
‐ The tanker and the aircraft are properly grounded. If suitable ground is not available, the aircraft
can be bonded to the tanker only. Always connect the ground cable to the parking ground point (or
to the tanker) before connecting it to the aircraft. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) 12–
11–28 PB 301 for detailed safety procedures.
Note: For APU start/shutdown during refueling, Refer to PER-LOD-FUL APU
START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING.
RH WING REFUELING PROCEDURE
* OVERWING REFUEL CAP.............................................................................................REMOVE
* REFUELING........................................................................................................................ START
 If the center tank and/or the ACTs are to be refueled:
GROUND FUEL TRANSFER PROCEDURE................................................................... APPLY
 When the wing tank reaches the required level:
* REFUELING....................................................................................................................STOP
* OVERWING REFUEL CAP....................................................................................... INSTALL
LH WING REFUELING PROCEDURE
Perform the steps for RH wing refueling procedure marked * then:

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 9/30

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

MODE SELECT................................................................................................... REFUEL then OFF

Note: The overwing refuel point is not at the highest point of the wing and therefore the wing
tanks cannot be filled to full.

REFUELING WITH ONE ENGINE RUNNING

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001677.0005001 / 29 MAR 12
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Refuel with one engine running only at airports where no external ground pneumatic power is
available and only when APU is unserviceable.
‐ Only the RH fuel couplings can be used.
‐ Overwing gravity filling is not permitted.
‐ Disembark all passengers.
‐ Obtain airport authorization.
The Airport Fire Department should standby at the aircraft during the entire refueling procedure.
‐ Point the aircraft into the wind at a location where the slope is negligible.
Set the parking brake and check its pressure.
Run engine n° 1 at ground idle with its generator connected.
‐ Do not start engine n° 2, do not shut down engine n° 1 or do not attempt to start the APU before all
fueling operations have been completed.
‐ Position the fuel truck under the extremity of the right wing. Its pressure should not exceed 30 PSI.
‐ Follow manual refueling procedure.
OPERATION MONITORING
DURING THE ENTIRE REFUELING PROCEDURE :
‐ Monitor the fuel truck shut off valve.
‐ Be sure that the fueling company is keeping permanent control of the emergency fuel shut off
device.
‐ Have a flight crew member in the cockpit monitoring all systems and the running engine.
‐ Have a qualified ground crew member at the fueling station to operate the refuel valve
switches.
‐ Monitor the refueling closely and be prepared to close the refuel valves in order not to exceed
the following fuel quantities :
DENSITY (kg/l) 0.77 0.78 0.79 0.8 0.81 0.82 0.83
L(R) WING (kg) 5 660 5 730 5 810 5 880 5 950 6 030 6 100
CENTER (kg) 5 990 6 070 6 150 6 220 6 300 6 380 6 460

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 10/30

FCOM ← E to F → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

AFTER SECOND ENGINE START :

 Reset the 3DMCs in order to reinitialize the fuel used values :
DMC 1 SPLY C/B (E11 on 49VU).................................................................................. PULL
DMC 2 SPLY C/B (Q8 on 121 VU).................................................................................PULL
DMC 3 SPLY C/B (Q9 on 121 VU).................................................................................PULL
DMC 3 SPLY STBY (E10 on 49 VU)..............................................................................PULL
 After 5 s :
All C/B’s....................................................................................................................PUSH
Note: The T.O MEMO does not appear automatically since one engine is kept
running.

APU START/SHUTDOWN DURING REFUELING/DEFUELING

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-00001678.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

APU starts or shutdowns are permitted during refuel/defuel procedures. If it is necessary to operate
the APU, the limits that follow apply :
a. An APU start is not permitted during a refuel/defuel procedure if the APU has failed to start or an
automatic shutdown has occured
b. A normal APU shutdown must be completed if a fuel spill has occured during the refuel defuel
procedure.

USE OF MANUAL MAGNETIC INDICATORS (MMI)

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00001679.0006001 / 16 NOV 11
Applicable to: VN-A344, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A358, VN-A359, VN-A360, VN-A361

GENERAL
Indicators are disposed as follows :
• seven in each wing tank,
• one in the center tank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 11/30

FCOM ← F to H → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

TO DETERMINE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE

Set ADIRS 1, 2, 3 to the NAV position.
On the LH or RH MCDU, press MCDU MENU pushbutton.
Select CFDSline key (LSK 4L).
Select SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line key (LSK 5L).
Select the line key adjacent to the FUEL indication.
On the MCDU control panel, push the NEXT PAGE key to display the FUEL Main Menu second
page.
Select the line key adjacent to the INPUT PARAMETERS VALUES indication.
Use the Table given on the next page to determine the equivalent number and letter from
PITCH and ROLL data.
Select RETURN line key (LSK 6L) until CFDS main menu appears.
Press MCDU MENU pushbutton.
PITCH REF ROLL REF
Minus 1.5 1 Minus 1.5 A
Minus 1.0 2 Minus 1.0 B
Minus 0.5 3 Minus 0.5 C
0.0 4 0.0 D
Plus 0.5 5 Plus 0.5 E
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 12/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PITCH REF ROLL REF
Plus 1.0 6 Plus 1.0 F
Plus 1.5 7 Plus 1.5 G

Note: 1. This procedure can only be used if :

‐ The PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS ( Make sure that the FQIS
Status page does not show "NO DATA FROM ADIRU 1" and "NO DATA FROM
ADIRU 2").
‐ The PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR, and RIGHT is no more or less than
0.1 of each other.
‐ The ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR, and RIGHT is no more or less than
0.1 of each other.
2. The FQIS input parameters are not automatically updated every 5.50 s
ACCESS PLATFORM...............................................................................................IN POSITION
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00001679.0008001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336,
VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397,
VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A602, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A606, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A610, VN-A611, VN-A612

GENERAL
Indicators are installed as follows:
• Three in each wing tank
• One in the center tank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 13/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

TO DETERMINE AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE

Set ADIRS 1, 2, 3 to the NAV position.
On the LH or RH MCDU, press MCDU MENU pushbutton.
Select CFDSline key (LSK 4L).
Select SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line key (LSK 5L).
Select the line key adjacent to the FUEL indication.
On the MCDU control panel, push the NEXT PAGE key to display the FUEL Main Menu second
page.
Select the line key adjacent to the INPUT PARAMETERS VALUES indication.
Use the Table given on the next page to determine the equivalent number and letter from
PITCH and ROLL data.
Select RETURN line key (LSK 6L) until CFDS main menu appears.
Press MCDU MENU pushbutton.
PITCH REF ROLL REF
Minus 1.5 1 Minus 1.5 A
Minus 1.0 2 Minus 1.0 B
Minus 0.5 3 Minus 0.5 C
0.0 4 0.0 D
Plus 0.5 5 Plus 0.5 E
Plus 1.0 6 Plus 1.0 F
Plus 1.5 7 Plus 1.5 G

Note: 1. This procedure can only be used if:

‐ The PITCH and ROLL data is taken from the ADIRS (identified by an “A” after the
PITCH and ROLL title).
‐ The PITCH data displayed for the LEFT, CTR, and RIGHT is no more or less than
0.1 of each other.
‐ The ROLL data displayed for the LEFT, CTR, and RIGHT is no more or less than
0.1 of each other.
2. The FQIS input parameters are not automatically updated. Use the NEXT PAGE
control on the MCDU to cycle the pages to update the screen.
ACCESS PLATFORM...............................................................................................IN POSITION

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 14/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00009657.0001001 / 24 NOV 14

Applicable to: VN-A344, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A358, VN-A359, VN-A360, VN-A361

TO DETERMINE FUEL QUANTITY IN THE WING TANK

MMI (from number 7 to number 1).......................................................... UNLOCK and WITHDRAW
The crewmember must slowly withdraw the MMI, until magnetic attraction is felt between the rod
and float magnets.
Do not use force when withdrawing the MMI, as this will disengage the float magnet from the rod
magnet, and bring the rod down on to the mechanical stop.
ROD GRADUATION (which aligns with bottom wing surface).................................................READ
MMIs shall be withdrawn from number 7 to number 1 until one MMI measures fuel.
MMI............................................................................................................. IN PLACE and LOCKED
Enter the table for the applicable aircraft wing side, aircraft attitude (grid square letter and
number), and the applicable MMI stick number, to find the volume of fuel in the wing tank (See
below).
Multiply the result by the specific gravity to find the fuel weight.
Note: The manual magnetic indication accuracy is around 5 %.
Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00009657.0005001 / 24 NOV 14
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336,
VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397,
VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A602, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A606, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A610, VN-A611, VN-A612

TO DETERMINE FUEL QUANTITY IN THE WING TANK

MMI (from number 4 to number 2).......................................................... UNLOCK and WITHDRAW
The crewmember must slowly withdraw the MMI, until magnetic attraction is felt between the rod
and float magnets.
Do not use force when withdrawing the MMI, as this will disengage the float magnet from the rod
magnet, and bring the rod down on to the mechanical stop.
ROD GRADUATION (which aligns with bottom wing surface).................................................READ
MMIs shall be withdrawn from number 4 to number 2 until one MMI measures fuel.
MMI............................................................................................................. IN PLACE and LOCKED
Enter the table for the applicable aircraft wing side, aircraft attitude (grid square letter and
number), and the applicable MMI stick number, to find the volume of fuel in the wing tank (See
below).
Multiply the result by the specific gravity to find the fuel weight.
Note: The manual magnetic indication accuracy is around 5 %.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 15/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00009658.0001001 / 13 JAN 14

Applicable to: ALL

TO DETERMINE FUEL QUANTITY IN THE CENTER TANK

CENTER TANK MMI............................................................................... UNLOCK and WITHDRAW
The crewmember must withdraw the MMI slowly until he feels the magnetic attraction between the
rod and float magnets.
Do not use force when withdrawing the MMI as this will disengage the float magnet from the rod
magnet and bring the rod down onto the mechanical stop.
ROD GRADUATION (which aligns with bottom wing surface).................................................READ
MMI............................................................................................................. IN PLACE and LOCKED
Use the table for the center tank, and for the applicable aircraft attitude (grid square letter and
number) to find the volume of fuel in the center tank (See below).
Multiply the result by the specific gravity to find the fuel weight.
Note: The manual magnetic indication accuracy is around 5 %.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 16/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00001681.0003001 / 17 MAR 11

Applicable to: VN-A344, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A358, VN-A359, VN-A360, VN-A361

WING TANKS (LITERS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 17/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 18/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 19/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 20/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 21/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 22/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 23/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00001681.0005001 / 17 MAR 11

Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336,
VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397,
VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A602, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A606, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A610, VN-A611, VN-A612

WING TANKS (LITERS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 24/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 25/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 26/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 27/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Ident.: PER-LOD-FUL-C-00001682.0001001 / 16 NOV 11

Applicable to: ALL

CENTER TANK (LITERS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 28/30

FCOM ←H→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

* GRID SQUARE LETTER

** GRID SQUARE NUMBER

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 29/30

FCOM ←H 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FUEL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-FUL P 30/30

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - LOAD AND TRIM SHEET
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-LTS-00001685.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

This chart allows the determination of Aircraft CG location (MAC) function of dry operating weight,
pantry adjustment, cargo loads, passengers and fuel on board.
The operational limits shown on the load and trim sheet are more restrictive than the certified limits
because error margins have been taken into account.
The load and trim sheet needs to be updated when :
‐ a modification which changes the aircraft certified limits is included or
‐ a modification (cabin layout, cargo arrangement ...) which influences the operational limits is
made.
It is the airline responsibility to define a load and trim sheet and to keep it up to date. Refer to
PER-LOD-WBA-LTS DESCRIPTION is a description of the Load and Trim Sheet utilization (Refer to
PER-LOD-WBA-LTS LOAD AND TRIM SHEET), for a typical passenger arrangement.
Refer to customized load and trim sheet for preparing a revenue flight.

DATA
Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-LTS-00001686.0008001 / 12 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Dry Operating Weight = 49 000 kg and CG = 22 % (H-arm = 23 m)

Deviation or adjustment = +100 kg in zone F
Cargo = 8 500 kg with the following distribution:
cargo 1 = 1 000 kg; cargo 2 = 1 000 kg; cargo 3 = 3 000 kg; cargo 4 = 3 000 kg; cargo 5 = 500 kg
Passengers = 180 PAX with the following distribution:
cabin OA = 50; cabin OB = 70; cabin OC = 60
Ramp Fuel = 17 200 kg
Taxi Fuel = 200 kg
Fuel Density = 0.785 kg/l

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-LTS P 1/4

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - LOAD AND TRIM SHEET
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCRIPTION
Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-LTS-00001687.0008001 / 12 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

a. Enter Master data in (1).

b. Compute Dry Operating Weight Index using the formula indicated in (2) and report in (3).
c. Dry Operating Index = 43.96.
d. Enter weight deviation or adjustment in (4) and read corresponding index variation in (5): +1.70.
e. Calculate corrected index and report in (6): 45.66.
f. Enter master data in table (7) and determine Zero Fuel Weight: 72 720 kg and Takeoff Weight:
89 720 kg.
g. Enter cargo weight and passenger number per compartment in (8).
h. Enter index scale (9) with corrected index and proceed through cargo and passenger scales (10).
i. From the final point draw a vertical line which intersects (12) the zero fuel weight horizontal line
(11).
j. Check if the intersection point is within the Zero Fuel Weight operational limits, if not rearrange
cargo loading.
k. Read in table (13) the fuel index correction corresponding to Ramp Fuel Weight (17 200 kg) and
Fuel Density (0.785 kg/l).
This example will be continued assuming the FUEL INDEX = –10 was found.
Carry in fuel scale (14).
l. From this point draw a vertical line which intersects (16) the takeoff weight horizontal line (15).
m. Check if the intersection point is within the Takeoff Weight operational limits.
n. Read zero fuel weight and CG position: 32 % and fill in table (17).
o. Read takeoff CG position: 28 % and fill in table (18).
CAUTION If there is no customized trim sheet for your airline in this section, do not use the
information enclosed herein for day to day operation as margins and load CG vary
with cabin and cargo layout.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-LTS P 2/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - LOAD AND TRIM SHEET
OPERATING MANUAL

LOAD AND TRIM SHEET

Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-LTS-00001688.0008001 / 16 MAR 11

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-LTS P 3/4

FCOM D→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - LOAD AND TRIM SHEET
OPERATING MANUAL

Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-LTS P 4/4

FCOM ←D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - FUEL INDEX TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

FUEL INDEX TABLE

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012775.0004001 / 08 FEB 11
Applicable to: VN-A323, VN-A324, VN-A325, VN-A326, VN-A327, VN-A329, VN-A331, VN-A332, VN-A338, VN-A339, VN-A344, VN-A358,
VN-A392, VN-A393, VN-A395, VN-A396, VN-A397, VN-A399, VN-A601, VN-A603, VN-A604, VN-A605, VN-A608, VN-A609, VN-A611,
VN-A612

The fuel index table has been established assuming a fuel distribution in accordance with refuel
distribution given in section Refer to PER-LOD-FUL GENERAL INFORMATION - REFUELING of this
volume.
If after refueling the actual distribution deviates from the chart values, the actual and the trim sheet
CG will show a discrepancy. The following tables allow to determine the fuel index taking into
account the actual fuel quantity in each tank. To determine the actual takeoff CG enter the tables
with the actual fuel quantities in each tank, read the fuel index for each tank and use their sum to
enter the trim sheet. Check that the actual CG is inside the operational limits. If the CG is outside the
limits transfer fuel to achieve a distribution in accordance with the chart or rearrange the load.
Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formula for the index:
I = W × (H-arm – 23.117)/1 000 + K or I = [(CG – 25) × W × 0.000042] + K
(Weight in kg, H-arm in m)

DATA: Fuel in left wing fuel tank = FULL

Fuel in right wing fuel tank = 5 500 kg
Fuel in center tank = 0 kg
Weight Index
Left 6 080 - 1
Wing tank
Right 5 500 - 2
Center tank 0 0
TOTAL 11 580 - 3

Enter the trim sheet with a fuel index of –3

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10 P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - FUEL INDEX TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012775.0016001 / 08 FEB 11
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

The fuel index table has been established assuming a fuel distribution in accordance with refuel
distribution given in section Refer to PER-LOD-FUL GENERAL INFORMATION - REFUELING of this
volume.
If after refueling the actual distribution deviates from the chart values, the actual and the trim sheet
CG will show a discrepancy. The following tables allow to determine the fuel index taking into
account the actual fuel quantity in each tank. To determine the actual takeoff CG enter the tables
with the actual fuel quantities in each tank, read the fuel index for each tank and use their sum to
enter the trim sheet. Check that the actual CG is inside the operational limits. If the CG is outside the
limits transfer fuel to achieve a distribution in accordance with the chart or rearrange the load.
Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formula for the index:
I = W × (H-arm – 23.117)/1 000 + K or I = [(CG – 25) × W × 0.000042] + K
(Weight in kg, H-arm in m)

DATA: Fuel in left wing fuel tank = FULL

Fuel in right wing fuel tank = FULL
Fuel in center tank = FULL
Fuel in ACT 1 = 0 kg
Fuel in ACT 2 = 2 000 kg
Weight Index
Left 6 080 - 1
Wing tank
Right 6 080 - 1
Center tank 6 445 - 10
ACT 1 0 0
ACT 2 2 000 + 12
TOTAL 20 605 0

Enter the trim sheet with a fuel index of 0

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10 P 2/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - FUEL INDEX TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR CENTER TANK

Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012778.0003001 / 25 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL

Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formulae for the index:
I=W×(H-arm–23.117)/1 000+K or I=[(CG–25)×W×0.000042]+K (Weight in kg, H-arm in m)
Weight Index
500 -1
1 000 -1
1 500 -2
2 000 -3
2 500 -4
3 000 -4
3 500 -5
4 000 -6
4 500 -7
5 000 -7
5 500 -8
6 000 -9
FULL -10

FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR WING TANK

Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012779.0001001 / 25 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL

Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formulae for the index:
I=W×(H-arm–23.117)/1 000+K or I=[(CG–25)×W×0.000042]+K (Weight in kg, H-arm in m)
Weight Index
500 -1
1 000 -1
1 500 -2
2 000 -2
2 500 -2
3 000 -3
3 500 -3
4 000 -3
4 500 -3
5 000 -3
5 500 -2
6 000 -2
FULL -1

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10 P 3/4

FCOM B to C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LOADING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW WEIGHT AND BALANCE - FUEL INDEX TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR ACT1

Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012780.0007001 / 25 JUL 12
Applicable to: VN-A322, VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A350, VN-A351, VN-A352, VN-A353, VN-A354, VN-A356, VN-A357, VN-A359,
VN-A360, VN-A361, VN-A362, VN-A363, VN-A365, VN-A366, VN-A367, VN-A390, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formulae for the index:
I = W × (H-arm – 23.117)/1 000 + K or I = [(CG – 25)× W × 0.000042] + K
(Weight in kg, H-arm in m)
Weight Index
250 1
500 2
750 3
1 000 4
1 250 5
1 500 6
1 750 8
2 000 9
2 250 10
FULL 10

FUEL INDEX TABLE FOR ACT2

Ident.: PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10-00012781.0007001 / 25 JUL 12
Applicable to: VN-A334, VN-A335, VN-A336, VN-A602, VN-A606, VN-A610

Note: These tables are valid only when used with the following formulae for the index:
I = W × (H-arm – 23.117)/1 000 + K or I = [(CG – 25)× W × 0.000042] + K
(Weight in kg, H-arm in m)
Weight Index
250 1
500 3
750 4
1 000 6
1 250 7
1 500 9
1 750 10
2 000 12
2 250 13
FULL 14

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LOD-WBA-FIT-10 P 4/4

FCOM D to E 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

OPERATING DATA
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-OPD-GEN GENERAL
CONVERSIONS - IAS . MACH - TAS . MACH - SAT . TAT..................................................................................A
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ATMOSPHERE (ISA)............................................................................................B
CONVERSIONS - QNH - QFE - PRESSURE ALTITUDE......................................................................................C
CONVERSIONS QFE HPA - IN. HG - FT.............................................................................................................. D
WIND COMPONENTS (FOR TAKEOFF AND LANDING)......................................................................................E
ALTITUDE TEMPERATURE CORRECTION.......................................................................................................... F

PER-OPD-CON GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE CONVERSION

PER-OPD-CON-AEO ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
M.78......................................................................................................................................................................... B
LONG RANGE SPEED UP TO FL270................................................................................................................... C
LONG RANGE SPEED ABOVE FL270.................................................................................................................. D

PER-OPD-CON-OEI ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
LONG RANGE SPEED........................................................................................................................................... B
FIXED SPEEDS.......................................................................................................................................................C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

CONVERSIONS - IAS . MACH - TAS . MACH - SAT . TAT

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001962.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 1/10

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ATMOSPHERE (ISA)

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001963.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 2/10

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

CONVERSIONS - QNH - QFE - PRESSURE ALTITUDE

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001964.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 3/10

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

CONVERSIONS QFE HPA - IN. HG - FT

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001965.0001001 / 08 FEB 11

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 4/10

FCOM D→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 5/10

FCOM ←D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

WIND COMPONENTS (FOR TAKEOFF AND LANDING)

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001966.0001001 / 08 FEB 11

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 6/10

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 7/10

FCOM ←E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

ALTITUDE TEMPERATURE CORRECTION

Ident.: PER-OPD-GEN-00001967.0001001 / 12 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

FOR HIGH ALTITUDE USE

FOR LOW ALTITUDE USE

Values to be added by the pilot to minimum promulgated heights/altitude (ft)
Height above the elevation of the altimeter setting source (feet)
Airport Temperature °C
200 300 400 500 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000
0 20 20 30 30 60 120 170 230 280
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 8/10

FCOM F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Height above the elevation of the altimeter setting source (feet)
Airport Temperature °C
200 300 400 500 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000
-10 20 30 40 50 100 200 290 390 490
-20 30 50 60 70 140 280 420 570 710
-30 40 60 80 100 190 380 570 760 950
-40 50 80 100 120 240 480 720 970 1 210
-50 60 90 120 150 300 590 890 1 190 1 500

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 9/10

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-GEN P 10/10

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-AEO-00001657.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The ground distance/air distance conversion tables show the air distance for a given ground distance
due to the influence of the wind.
The Tables are given for :
‐ M .78
‐ Long range speed.

M.78
Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-AEO-00001658.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-AEO P 1/4

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE

LONG RANGE SPEED UP TO FL270

Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-AEO-00001659.0002001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-AEO P 2/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE

LONG RANGE SPEED ABOVE FL270

Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-AEO-00001660.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-AEO P 3/4

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-AEO P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-OEI-00004074.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The ground distance/air distance conversion tables are used to calculate the air distance for a given
ground distance due to the influence of the wind.
Tables are given for :
‐ LONG RANGE SPEED
‐ FIXED SPEEDS

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-OEI P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

LONG RANGE SPEED

Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-OEI-00001960.0002001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-OEI P 2/4

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

FIXED SPEEDS
Ident.: PER-OPD-CON-OEI-00001961.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-OEI P 3/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
OPERATING DATA
FCOM A321 GROUND DISTANCE/AIR DISTANCE
FLIGHT CREW
OPERATING MANUAL CONVERSION - ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OPD-CON-OEI P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

THRUST RATINGS
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-THR-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-THR-MTO MAXIMUM TAKEOFF

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF.............................................................................................................................................. B

PER-THR-MGA MAXIMUM GO AROUND

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A
MAXIMUM GO AROUND........................................................................................................................................ B

PER-THR-FLX FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A

PER-THR-MCT MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS...................................................................................................................................... B

PER-THR-MCL MAXIMUM CLIMB

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A
MAXIMUM CLIMB....................................................................................................................................................B

PER-THR-MCR MAXIMUM CRUISE

DEFINITION............................................................................................................................................................. A
MAXIMUM CRUISE................................................................................................................................................. B

PER-THR-N1 N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL

N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL..............................................................................................................................A
MAXIMUM TAKEOFF N1........................................................................................................................................ B
MAXIMUM GO AROUND N1..................................................................................................................................C
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS N1................................................................................................................................ D
MAXIMUM CLIMB N1..............................................................................................................................................E
MAXIMUM CRUISE N1........................................................................................................................................... F

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-THR-GEN-00004079.0001001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The thrust rating charts have been established for:

‐ Maximum takeoff
‐ Maximum go around
‐ Flexible takeoff
‐ Maximum continuous
‐ Maximum climb
‐ Maximum cruise

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-MTO-00001968.0001001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is the maximum thrust certified for takeoff and is normally limited to five minutes.
This time is extended to ten minutes for engine out contingency, as authorized by the approved AFM.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MTO P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
Ident.: PER-THR-MTO-00001969.0025001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MTO P 2/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MTO P 3/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MTO P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM GO AROUND
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-MGA-00001971.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is the maximum permissible thrust during go-around.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MGA P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM GO AROUND
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM GO AROUND
Ident.: PER-THR-MGA-00001972.0018001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MGA P 2/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM GO AROUND
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MGA P 3/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM GO AROUND
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MGA P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-FLX-00001973.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is a reduced takeoff thrust as compared to the maximum permissible. The related EPR is
calculated as a function of the flexible temperature entered in the FMGS MCDU. The flexible
temperature is a function of the aircraft weight and environmental conditions.
It guarantees that the regular performance requirements are met.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-FLX P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-FLX P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-MCT-00001975.0001001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is the maximum thrust certified for continuous use. This rating should be used, at the pilot’s
discretion, only when required to ensure safe flight (engine failure).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCT P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS
Ident.: PER-THR-MCT-00001976.0023001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCT P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CLIMB
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-MCL-00001977.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is the maximum thrust approved for normal climb.

MAXIMUM CLIMB
Ident.: PER-THR-MCL-00001978.0007001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCL P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CLIMB
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCL P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CRUISE
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION
Ident.: PER-THR-MCR-00001979.0005001 / 02 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

It is the maximum thrust approved for normal cruise.

There is no thrust lever position corresponding to this thrust rating.
It is not displayed to the pilot, and the EPR limit which is displayed in cruise is the maximum climb
EPR.
The FMGS uses the maximum cruise EPR to compute the aircraft maximum speed.
In manual thrust setting, in cruise, the pilot should limit EPR to the maximum cruise EPR that is equal
to the displayed maximum climb EPR minus 0.075.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCR P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW MAXIMUM CRUISE
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM CRUISE
Ident.: PER-THR-MCR-00001980.0007001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-MCR P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL

Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00004648.0008001 / 03 APR 13
Applicable to: ALL

In case of no EPR available, the thrust control automatically reverts to N1 mode (rated or degraded).
Refer to PRO-ABN-70 ENG 1(2) EPR MODE FAULT.
If the rated N1 mode is lost on both engines, refer to the power management tables given on the
following pages.
The herebelow table gives the N1 to be set in cruise to maintain M 0.78.
FLIGHT LEVEL
WEIGHT
290 310 330 350 370 390
(1000 KG)
56 78.1 78.1 78.2 78.4 79.1 80.5
58 78.3 78.4 78.5 78.7 79.5 81.1
60 78.5 78.6 78.8 79.1 79.9 81.6
62 78.7 78.9 79.1 79.4 80.4 82.4
64 78.9 79.1 79.4 79.8 80.9 83.2
66 79.2 79.4 79.7 80.2 81.5 84.1
68 79.4 79.7 80 80.6 82.1 85.2
70 79.7 80 80.4 81.1 82.9
72 79.9 80.2 80.7 81.6 83.7
74 80.2 80.6 81.1 82.2 84.6
76 80.5 80.9 81.5 82.8 85.9
78 80.7 81.3 82 83.5
80 81.1 81.6 82.5 84.3
82 81.3 81.9 83 85.5
84 81.6 82.3 83.7
86 81.9 82.7 84.3
88 82.2 83.2 85.1
90 82.6 83.7
92 82.9 84.2 N1 (%)

Drift Down ceilings and go around performance are affected as follows:

Drift down ceiling:
Actual Weight
50 60 70 80 90
(1 000 kg)
Ceiling
4 000 4 000 4 900 6 000 5 400
Penalty (ft)
Go around weight:

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 1/10

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

Normal go around
45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
Weight (1 000 kg)
Weight Penalty
5.9 6.5 7.2 7.8 8.5 9.1 9.8 10.4 11.1
(1 000 kg)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 2/10

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM TAKEOFF N1
Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00001970.0007001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 3/10

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 4/10

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM GO AROUND N1
Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00004650.0005001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

Note: This table is valid for all aircraft speeds, but the corner point temperature is given for MACH
= .225.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 5/10

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 6/10

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS N1
Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00004651.0010001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

Note: This table is valid for all aircraft speeds.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 7/10

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM CLIMB N1
Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00004652.0006001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

Note: This table is valid for all aircraft speeds.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 8/10

FCOM E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM CRUISE N1
Ident.: PER-THR-N1-00004653.0006001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

Note: This table is valid for all aircraft speeds.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 9/10

FCOM F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
THRUST RATINGS
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW N1 MODE THRUST CONTROL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-THR-N1 P 10/10

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

TAKEOFF
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-TOF-THR THRUST OPTIONS

PER-TOF-THR-FLX FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
PER-TOF-THR-FLX-10 DEFINITION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
DEFINITION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF...................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-THR-FLX-20 USE OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

USE OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF................................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-THR-FLX-30 REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-THR-FLX-40 RECOMMENDATION
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
TAKEOFF PROCEDURE........................................................................................................................................ B

PER-TOF-TOC TAKEOFF CHARTS

PER-TOF-TOC-05 INTRODUCTION
TAKEOFF CHARTS.................................................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-TOC-10 GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)

PER-TOF-TOC-10-10 TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 TAKEOFF CHART DESCRIPTION

GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
Corrections due to Different Takeoff Conditions..................................................................................................... B
DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART........................................................................ C
MINIMUM SPEEDS................................................................................................................................................. D
FLEX TEMPERATURE INDICATOR.......................................................................................................................E

PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ONE ENGINE OUT CLIMB PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. A
TAKEOFF ON A WET RUNWAY............................................................................................................................B
DESCRIPTION OF TAKEOFF CHART...................................................................................................................C
EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART.......................................................................................................................... D
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 1/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PER-TOF-TOC-12 MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND SPEEDS
DIRECT CHART READING.................................................................................................................................... A
CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS.........................................................................B
CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS............................................................................... C
CORRECTIONS FOR WET OR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS............................................................................ D
CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART........................................................................................ E
COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART................................................................................... F

PER-TOF-TOC-12-30 EXTRAPOLATION
EXTRAPOLATION................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-12-40 MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT..................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-12-50 SUMMARY
SUMMARY............................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-14 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)

PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 DETERMINATION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF TEMPERATURE AND
SPEEDS
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS.........................................................................B
CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS............................................................................... C
CORRECTIONS FOR WET RUNWAY................................................................................................................... D
CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART........................................................................................ E
COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART................................................................................... F

PER-TOF-TOC-14-20 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE...................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-TOC-14-25 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF POSSIBLE BUT NOT USED

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF POSSIBLE BUT NOT USED............................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-14-30 SUMMARY
SUMMARY............................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-16 GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)

PER-TOF-TOC-16-10 TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE................................................................................................................................... A
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 2/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PER-TOF-TOC-16-20 TAKEOFF CHART DESCRIPTION
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS.........................................................................B
DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART........................................................................ C
MINIMUM SPEED................................................................................................................................................... D

PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ONE ENGINE OUT CLIMB PROCEDURE............................................................................................................. A
TAKEOFF ON A WET RUNWAY............................................................................................................................B
RTOW CHARTS - COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION....................................................................................... C
RTOW EXAMPLE....................................................................................................................................................D

PER-TOF-TOC-18 MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)

PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND SPEEDS
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
MTOW DETERMINATION.......................................................................................................................................B
CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS.........................................................................C
CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS............................................................................... D
CORRECTIONS FOR WET OR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS.............................................................................E
CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART........................................................................................ F
COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART.................................................................................. G

PER-TOF-TOC-18-20 EXTRAPOLATION
EXTRAPOLATION................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-18-30 MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT..................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-18-40 SUMMARY
SUMMARY............................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOC-20 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)

PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 DETERMINATION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF TEMPERATURE AND
SPEEDS
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS.........................................................................B
CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS ..............................................................................C
CORRECTIONS FOR WET RUNWAY................................................................................................................... D
CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART........................................................................................ E
COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART................................................................................... F
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 3/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PER-TOF-TOC-20-20 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE
FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE...................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-TOC-20-30 SUMMARY
SUMMARY............................................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-TOD TAKEOFF DATA

PER-TOF-TOD-24 QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION
EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS (up to 9200 ft)................................................................................................... A
EXAMPLES.............................................................................................................................................................. B

PER-TOF-TOD-25 MINIMUM SPEEDS

PER-TOF-TOD-25-10 SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC
SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC....................................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA

MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS).................................................................................................. A

PER-TOF-CTA RUNWAY CONTAMINATION

PER-TOF-CTA-10 GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-TOF-CTA-20 DEFINITIONS
DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A
EQUIVALENCES..................................................................................................................................................... B

PER-TOF-CTA-30 OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS

OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS................................................................................................................................A

PER-TOF-CTA-40 TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE

PER-TOF-CTA-40-10 TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE................................................................................................................................... A

PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 TAKEOFF FROM A WET RUNWAY

HOW TO PROCEED............................................................................................................................................... A
NO THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (NO CLEARWAY).................................................................................B
ALL THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (NO CLEARWAY)............................................................................... C
NO THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (WITH CLEARWAY).............................................................................D
ALL THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (WITH CLEARWAY)............................................................................E
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 4/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 TAKEOFF FROM A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
TAKEOFF FROM A 6.3 MM (1/4 INCH) WATER COVERED RUNWAY............................................................... A
TAKEOFF FROM A 12.7 MM (1/2 INCH) WATER COVERED RUNWAY............................................................. B
TAKEOFF FROM A 6.3 MM (1/4 INCH) SLUSH COVERED RUNWAY................................................................ C
TAKEOFF FROM A 12.7 MM (1/2 INCH) SLUSH COVERED RUNWAY.............................................................. D
TAKEOFF FROM A COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY.........................................................................E

PER-TOF-CTA-40-40 EXAMPLE
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON DRY RUNWAY...................................................................................................A
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON WET RUNWAY.................................................................................................. B
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH 1/2 INCH SLUSH..................................................C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 5/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-PLP-TOC P 6/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

DEFINITION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

Ident.: PER-TOF-THR-FLX-10-00001718.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

In many cases the aircraft takes off with a weight lower than the maximum permissible takeoff
weight. When this happens, it can meet the required performance (runway, second segment,
obstacle,...) with a decreased thrust that is adapted to the weight : this is called FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
and the thrust is called FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF THRUST.
The use of flexible takeoff thrust saves engine life.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

USE OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

USE OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF

Ident.: PER-TOF-THR-FLX-20-00001719.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The pilot can use flexible takeoff when the actual takeoff weight is lower than the maximum
permissible takeoff weight for the actual temperature. The maximum permissible takeoff weight
decreases when temperature increases, so it is possible to assume a temperature at which
the actual takeoff weight would be the limiting one. This temperature is called FLEXIBLE
TEMPERATURE or assumed temperature and is entered in the FADEC via the MCDU PERF TO
page in order to get the adapted thrust.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

REQUIREMENTS

REQUIREMENTS
Ident.: PER-TOF-THR-FLX-30-00001792.0012001 / 15 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Thrust must not be reduced by more than 25 % of the full rated takeoff thrust.
‐ The flexible takeoff EPR cannot be lower than the Max climb EPR at the same flight conditions.
The FADEC takes the above two constraints into account to determine flexible EPR.
‐ The flexible takeoff thrust cannot be lower than the Max Continuous thrust used for the final takeoff
flight path computation (at ISA +40).
This constraint limits the maximum flexible temperature at ISA + 42 (57 °C at sea level).
‐ The flexible temperature cannot be lower than the flat rating temperature, TREF (See Note ), or
the actual temperature (OAT).

Note: Tref being a function of the speed and the pressure-altitude, read it on the takeoff chart.
‐ Flexible takeoff is not permitted on contaminated runways.
‐ The operator should check the maximum thrust (TOGA) at regular intervals in order to detect any
engine deterioration, or maintain an adequate engine performance monitoring program to follow up
the engine parameters.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-30 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-30 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

RECOMMENDATION

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-THR-FLX-40-00001720.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

• In order to extend engine life and save maintenance costs, it is recommended to use flexible thrust
reduction.
• However, to improve the takeoff performance, the thrust can be increased by selecting a lower
flexible temperature.
Using the same takeoff chart, for a given weight it is possible to :
‐ Select a temperature lower than the maximum determined one and keep the speeds defined at
maximum temperature or,
‐ Move towards the left side (tailwind) of the takeoff chart while remaining within the same
configuration and looking for the same actual takeoff weight at lower temperature.
This produces a lower flexible temperature and, in general, lower takeoff speeds (V1/VR/V2).
Using one of the two above possibilities, check that the selected temperature is greater than the
actual temperature (OAT) and greater than the flat rating temperature (TREF).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-40 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW THRUST OPTIONS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PROCEDURE
Ident.: PER-TOF-THR-FLX-40-00001721.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

Depending on environmental takeoff conditions, the following procedure is recommended.

CONDITIONS PROCEDURE REASON
Dry or wet well paved runway Extend engine life and save
‐ Use the flap setting giving the highest
maintenance costs.
flexible temperature.
‐ When flexible temperature difference
between two flap settings is low, use the
highest flap setting.
High altitude takeoff Use CONF2/CONF3 Improve comfort
Badly paved runway Use CONF2/CONF3 Improve comfort
or or Improve stopping distance
Accelerate stop distance limited Move towards left side of the takeoff chart
runway
Windshear expected along takeoff Use maximum thrust Maintain acceleration capability
path
Contaminated runway Use maximum thrust Improve stopping distance
(flex forbidden) Decrease time on runway.
Required by regulations.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-THR-FLX-40 P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - INTRODUCTION
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF CHARTS
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-05-00001704.0001001 / 21 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Takeoff charts are required to provide performance at takeoff. It is possible to present the charts in
two different ways, one of which is selected by the airline. The different presentations are :
‐ temperature entry (temperature provided in the left column)
‐ weight entry (weight provided in the left column).
Both presentations are described here after. Sections PER-TOF-TOC-10, 12 and 14 are relative to
temperature entry while PER-TOF-TOC-16, 18 and 20 are relative to weight entry.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-05 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - INTRODUCTION
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-05 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-10-00001705.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Takeoff optimization is calculated for a given runway and its obstacles and for given conditions of
flap setting, temperature, wind and QNH. The calculation produces a maximum permissible takeoff
weight (or a maximum takeoff temperature for an actual weight).
The takeoff thrust produced by the engine varies as follows :

The optimization process calculates the speeds which will produce the maximum takeoff weight.
To do so, it takes into account the different takeoff limitations such as TOD, ASD, TOR, second
segment..., as shown on the figure charts below.

On a typical runway, the performance of a twin engine aircraft, is generally limited by the one engine
out operation at takeoff. The optimum V2/VS and optimum V1/VR are consequently unique.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF CHART DESCRIPTION

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-20-00001706.0003001 / 03 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The takeoff chart (RTOW : Regulatory Takeoff Weight) is calculated for a specific aircraft version
and for a particular runway specified at the top of the chart. The top of the chart also gives some
information about the runway and lists the calculation assumptions.
The chart is given for 2 different configurations and 5 wind values per configuration. This allows the
crew to select the configuration that gives either :
‐ the highest permissible takeoff weight, or, for a given weight,
‐ the highest flexible temperature.
If different configurations give equivalent performance, the crew should select the configuration
associated with the lowest takeoff speeds.
For each temperature value (and for a given configuration and wind), the chart provides the following
information :

The available limitation codes are :

‐ First segment : 1
‐ Second segment : 2
‐ Runway length : 3
‐ Obstacles : 4
‐ Tire speed : 5
‐ Brake energy : 6
‐ Maximum computation weight : 7
‐ Final takeoff : 8
‐ VMU : 9

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-20-00014608.0002001 / 18 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL

Each takeoff chart is computed for a given set of conditions (air conditioning, QNH, anti ice...)
specified at the top of the chart. If the actual takeoff conditions are different, the crew must apply
corrections. Two types of correction are available :
‐ Conservative corrections on Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS (to be
used when not provided on the chart).
‐ Corrections (less restrictive) listed on the chart, to be applied as explained below.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-20-00005368.0001001 / 03 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The corrections are presented on 4 lines:

TVMC is a temperature value given per column. This is a fictitious value that indicates the
temperature above which the speeds are close to a VMC limitation or are VMC limited.
Note: The lower two lines may be shaded on certain chart formats.

MINIMUM SPEEDS
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-20-00005372.0001001 / 02 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Minimum V1/VR/V2 due to VMC are provided on the bottom right side of the takeoff chart.
They are only applicable in case of speed corrections.
These speeds are conservative. They may be slightly higher than V1/VR/V2 displayed on the takeoff
chart.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 P 2/4

FCOM B to D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

FLEX TEMPERATURE INDICATOR

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-20-00005373.0001001 / 18 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

On the temperature entry chart, the temperature column may display asterisks or have a gray band
to indicate temperature values above TMAX and which are flex temperature.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 P 3/4

FCOM E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ONE ENGINE OUT CLIMB PROCEDURE

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-30-00001708.0001001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The performance given in the chart is consistent with the flight path specified for the aircraft with one
engine out and takes into account significant obstacles.
When the procedure to be followed is not the standard instrument departure, the chart describes a
specific procedure (EOSID).
When the specified procedure requires a turn, except if otherwise stated on the RTOW chart, the turn
should be performed with a maximum bank of 15 ° until the aircraft reaches 1 500 ft or until green
dot.
The acceleration height (or altitude) ensures that the net flight path clears the highest obstacle by
at least 35 ft when accelerating in level flight to green dot speed after an engine failure, in the most
adverse conditions.

TAKEOFF ON A WET RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-30-00001709.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Takeoff charts computed for wet runway with a 15 ft screen height and/or use of reverse thrust may
produce, in some conditions, a maximum takeoff weight (or flexible temperature) higher than that
obtained for a dry runway. It is thus mandatory to compare both charts (dry and wet) and retain the
lower of the two weights (or flexible temperature) and the associated speeds determined for a wet
runway.
Note: The crew need not compare the charts if the top of the wet runway chart specifies “DRY
CHECK”. (The comparison has already been inserted in the WET runway calculation).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 1/6

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCRIPTION OF TAKEOFF CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-30-00001710.0003001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 2/6

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 3/6

FCOM ←C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 4/6

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-10-30-00001711.0001001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 5/6

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 P 6/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND SPEEDS

DIRECT CHART READING

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00001712.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The takeoff chart is computed for a given runway under a set of conditions, which are:
‐ OAT
‐ Wind
‐ Configuration
‐ QNH, air conditioning, anti ice...
Two configurations are produced on the chart. This enables the crew to select that giving the highest
permissible takeoff weight. In case of equivalent performance, retain the configuration giving the
lower takeoff speeds.
For a given configuration, enter the chart with the OAT and wind value to determine the maximum
permissible weight. For an OAT or wind value not presented on the chart, interpolate between two
consecutive temperature rows and/or two consecutive wind columns. Conservative OAT or wind
values can also be considered. No extrapolation is allowed.

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00001713.0002001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

Retain the maximum takeoff weight, associated configuration and speeds from above.
For conditions different from those of the chart, apply relevant corrections.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 1/6

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00001714.0013001 / 28 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS

Corrections are given for QNH ≠ 1 013 hPa, air conditioning ON, anti ice ON.
1. For the given wind and temperature conditions, read the maximum takeoff weight (choose the
configuration giving the highest weight).
2. Apply the published weight correction(s) to the maximum takeoff weight (for each correction) to
determine the maximum permissible takeoff weight.
3. Read the speeds associated with the maximum permissible takeoff weight by entering the chart
with the retained configuration and wind value.
EXAMPLE 1
DATA: OAT = 25 °C
Head Wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 013 hPa
Use the chart (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART)
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 1+F,
Maximum TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF.............................................................88.1
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 2,
Maximum TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF.............................................................88.1
For equivalent TO performance retain CONF 2 as takeoff speeds are lower.
Maximum TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF.............................................................88.1
Air conditioning correction...................................................................................................... - 2.3
(Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS)
Maximum permissible TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning ON........................................ = 85.8
Determine takeoff speeds for 85.8 (1 000 kg) in the 10 kt head wind column (CONF 2)
V1 = 154 kt, VR = 157 kt, V2 = 157 kt

CORRECTIONS FOR WET OR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00001715.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

(Refer to PER-TOF-CTA-10 GENERAL)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 2/6

FCOM C to D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00005953.0001001 / 23 NOV 11
Applicable to: ALL

For example: Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART

A description of this correction is given on Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 DESCRIPTION OF THE
CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART. The list of corrections is not exhaustive, however the most
commonly used corrections are wet runway, QNH, air conditioning and/or anti ice. A maximum of
three corrections can be produced on one chart.
To apply the corrections, proceed as follows:
1. Enter the chart with given OAT and wind to determine the maximum takeoff weight before
correction.
2. Apply the first correction:
If OAT is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔW correction from line 1 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2
corrections from line 2.
Else, (for OAT greater than TVMC), apply ΔW correction from line 3 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2 corrections
from line 4.
3. To combine a second (and third, as applicable) correction:
If OAT is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔW correction from line 1 and ΔV1/VR/ΔV2
corrections from line 2.
Check that the resulting speeds are higher than the minimum speeds displayed on the RTOW
chart and that V2 is higher than the VMU limited speed (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM
V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
If OAT is higher than TVMC (line 3) or if the above speed check is not fulfilled, apply ΔW correction
from line 3 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2 corrections from line 4. No speed check is required.
Note: ‐ QNH correction is given for ±10 hPa . It is allowed to extrapolate linearly for greater QNH
deviation.
‐ When using a takeoff chart with failure cases, it is not allowed to combine two failure
cases.
‐ Corrections from the chart must be applied from top to bottom, i.e. in the RTOW on Refer
to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART, apply the wet correction first.
‐ If asterisk or dotted lines appear in the correction boxes, refer to more conservative
corrections provided in the FCOM.
‐ No speed check is required for the first correction. However, if the first influence
correction follows a conversative FCOM correction, a speed check is required.
EXAMPLE 2
DATA :: OAT = 25 °C
Head Wind = 10 kt

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 3/6

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

QNH = 1 028 hPa

WET runway
Use the chart : Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART.
• Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 1+F,
max TO weight (1 000 kg).......................................................................................................88.1
• Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 2,
max TO weight (1 000 kg).......................................................................................................88.1
• Retain CONF 2 for takeoff (takeoff speeds are lower).
• Read associated speeds as V1 = 155 kt, VR = 158 kt, V2 = 158 kt
• Apply WET correction
For OAT < TVMC (54 °C), ΔW =.............................................................................................. 0.0
Intermediate weight (1 000 kg).............................................................................................= 88.1
Associated speeds,
V1 = 155 kt - 0 = 155 kt
VR = 158 kt - 0 = 158 kt
V2 = 158 kt - 0 = 158 kt
(No speed check required for first correction)
• Apply QNH correction
For OAT < TVMC (54 °C), ΔW = 0.3 × 15/10 =.....................................................................+ 0.4
Maximum permissible takeoff weight (1 000 kg).................................................................. = 88.5
Associated speeds,
V1 = 155 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 156 kt
VR = 158 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 160 kt
V2 = 158 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 160 kt
• Check that the speeds are higher than minimum speeds from the chart and from VMU table.
Takeoff Configuration : 2
TOW V1 VR V2
TOW (RTOW) 88.1 155 158 158
FCOM correction(s)
Intermediate value 88.1 155 158 158
WET Correction 0.0 0 0 0
Intermediate value 88.1 155 158 158
QNH Correction + 0.4 +1 +2 +2
Final value 88.5 156 160 160

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 4/6

FCOM ←E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-10-00005954.0016001 / 30 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Proceed as follows:
1. Enter the chart with selected configuration, OAT and wind to read the maximum takeoff weight.
2. Apply corrections from FCOM to determine an intermediate weight. Interpolate associated speeds
for intermediate weight in the same column (same wind and configuration).
3. Apply corrections from RTOW chart as explained above.
EXAMPLE 3
DATA :: OAT = 25 °C
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 028 hPa
WET runway
1. Use the chart (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART).
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 1+F,
Max TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF..................................................................... 88.1
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 25 °C, CONF 2,
Max TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF..................................................................... 88.1
Retain CONF 2 for takeoff configuration (Takeoff speeds are lower).
2. First, apply the correction (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS).
Max TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF..................................................................... 88.1
Air conditioning correction....................................................................................................... - 2.3
Intermediate weight.............................................................................................................. = 85.8
Interpolate takeoff speeds for 85.8 (1 000 kg) in the 10 kt head wind column,
V1 = 154 kt , VR = 157 kt , V2 = 157 kt
3. Apply WET correction
For OAT < TVMC (54 °C), ΔW =.............................................................................................. 0.0
Intermediate weight.............................................................................................................. = 85.8
Associated speeds,
V1 = 154 kt - 0 = 154 kt
VR = 157 kt - 0 = 157 kt
V2 = 157 kt - 0 = 157 kt
Check that the speeds are higher than minimum speeds from the chart and from VMU table
Apply QNH correction
For OAT < TVMC (54 °C), ΔW = 0.3 × 15/10 =.....................................................................+ 0.4
Max permissible takeoff weight............................................................................................ = 86.2
Associated speed,

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 5/6

FCOM F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

V1 = 154 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 155 kt

VR = 157 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 159 kt
V2 = 157 kt + 1 × 15/10 = 159 kt
Check that the speeds are higher than minimum speeds from the chart and from VMU table. (It
is reminded that if the speed checks are not fulfilled, the corrections must be recalculated using
those provided on lines 3 and 4).
Since the speed check is fulfilled :
Max permissible takeoff weight = 86.2 (1 000 kg)
V1 = 155 kt, VR = 159 kt, V2 = 159 kt.
Takeoff Configuration : 2
TOW V1 VR V2
TOW (RTOW) 88.1
FCOM correction(s) - 2.3
Intermediate value 85.8 154 157 157
WET Correction 0.0 0 0 0
Intermediate value 85.8 154 157 157
QNH Correction + 0.4 +1 +2 +2
Final value 86.2 155 159 159

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 P 6/6

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

EXTRAPOLATION

EXTRAPOLATION
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-30-00001716.0002001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

For a takeoff weight lower than those displayed on the chart, associated speeds are calculated as
follows :
1. For given configuration and wind, note the speeds associated with the takeoff weight in the row
displaying the highest permissible temperature.
2. Apply speed corrections provided at the bottom of the RTOW chart to V1, VR and V2 limited to the
minimum speeds.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-30 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-30 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-40-00001717.0001001 / 18 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The maximum structural takeoff weight is a weight limitation depending on the aircraft. This limitation
is provided in the Flight Manual and in Refer to LIM-11 Weight Limitations. Compare the maximum
structural takeoff weight to the maximum permissible takeoff weight computed for given conditions
and retain the lower of the two values.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-40 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-40 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY

SUMMARY
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-12-50-00006313.0001001 / 11 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The following flow diagram gives the different steps to follow.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-50 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-12-50 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

DETERMINATION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF TEMPERATURE AND SPEEDS

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00001722.0002001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Before determining the flexible temperature, calculate the maximum permissible takeoff weight (see
previous section) and ensure that the actual takeoff weight is lower than the determined maximum
takeoff weight.
• Enter the RTOW chart with the wind condition to interpolate for the actual takeoff weight. Read the
flexible temperature in the temperature column corresponding to the actual weight.
• Repeat this process for the other configuration available. Select the configuration giving the
highest flexible temperature.

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00001723.0002001 / 14 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

When the takeoff conditions are different from those provided on the chart, apply the associated
corrections.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 1/8

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00001724.0005001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS

Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS
Corrections are given for QNH ≠ 1 013 hPa , air conditioning ON, anti ice ON.
1. For a given takeoff weight, wind condition and selected configuration, determine the flexible
temperature. Retain the takeoff speeds associated with the actual weight.
2. Apply the published temperature correction. To combine two or more corrections, add the
different corrections and apply to temperature value.
(No speed corrections required).
EXAMPLE 4
DATA : Actual takeoff weight = 75 000 kg
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 013 hPa
Use the chart Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART.
Determine the maximum permissible takeoff weight (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-12-10
CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS). The actual weight being lower
than the maximum one, flexible takeoff is possible.
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 75 000 kg, CONF 1 + F,
Flexible temperature............................................................................................................. 48 °C
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 75 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature............................................................................................................. 48 °C
Equivalent performance is obtained from the two different configurations.
Retain CONF 1 + F as the speeds are lower.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 152 kt, VR = 152 kt, V2 = 153 kt
Flexible temperature with air conditioning OFF.................................................................... 48 °C
Air conditioning correction ................................................................................................... -3 °C
Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS
Maximum flexible temperature........................................................................................... = 45 °C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 2/8

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS FOR WET RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00001725.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

CORRECTIONS FOR WET RUNWAY

(Refer to PER-TOF-CTA-10 GENERAL)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 3/8

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00012739.0003001 / 11 APR 11
Applicable to: ALL

A description of this correction is given on Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 DESCRIPTION OF THE

CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART. The list of corrections is not exhaustive, however the most
commonly used corrections are wet runway, QNH, air conditioning and/or anti-icing. A maximum of
three corrections can be produced on one chart.
To apply the correction, proceed as follows:
1. Enter the chart with wind and selected configuration. Interpolate for actual takeoff weight. Read
flexible temperature associated with this weight.
2. Apply the first correction:
If the flexible temperature is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔTflex correction from line 1
and apply speed corrections (ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2) from line 2.
Else, (flexible temperature greater than TVMC), apply ΔTflex from line 3 and ΔV1/ ΔVR/ ΔV2
corrections from line 4.
Check V2 against VMU limitation (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY
VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)). If V2 is lower than V2 limited by VMU, flexible takeoff is not possible. Set
TOGA thrust and retain the speeds associated with maximum permissible takeoff weight or the
speeds read in the chart of the actual weight if they are all lower.
No speed correction is required for QNH and bleeds influence (Not applicable to maximum takeoff
weight determination).
3. To combine a second and/or a third correction, proceed as per point 2.
4. Check that the final flexible temperature is:
‐ higher than OAT and TREF
‐ limited to TMAXFLEX
If the check is fulfilled, retain final flexible temperature as the one to be inserted in the MCDU.
If the check is not fulfilled, (final flexible temperature lower than OAT or TREF), no flexible
takeoff is possible.
Use TOGA thrust and retain speeds that have been calculated for the maximum permissible
takeoff weight. (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-14-20 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE)
Note: ‐ QNH correction is given for ±10 hPa. It is allowed to extrapolate linearly for greater QNH
deviation.
‐ Corrections from the chart must be applied from top to bottom, i.e. in the RTOW on Refer
to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART, apply the wet influence first.
Note: ‐ When the flexible temperature is higher than TVMC, it is allowed to limit the flexible
temperature to TVMC and apply only corrections from lines 1 and 2.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 4/8

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

‐ If asterisk or dotted lines appear in the correction boxes, refer to more conservative
corrections provided in the FCOM.
EXAMPLE 5
DATA : Actual = 65 000 kg
takeoff
weight
Head = 10 kt
wind
QNH = 1 028 hPa
WET runway
Air conditioning OFF
Use the chart from Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART. Determine
the maximum permissible takeoff weight (see example 2). The actual weight being lower than the
maximum one, flexible takeoff is possible.
Enter the10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 65 000 kg, CONF 1 + F,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 52 °C
Enter the10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 65 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 51 °C
Retain CONF 1 + F as the flexible temperature is higher.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 146 kt, VR = 146 kt, V2 = 148 kt
Apply WET correction
For flexible temperature < TVMC (54 °C), ΔTflex =................................................................... 0 °C
Intermediate flex temperature................................................................................................ = 52 °C
Associated speeds,
V1 = 146 kt – 4 = 142 kt
VR = 146 kt – 1 = 145 kt
V2 = 148 kt – 1 = 147 kt
Check V2 against VMU limitation on FCOM Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED
BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS).
Apply QNH correction
For flex temperature < TVMC (54 °C), ΔTflex =........................................................................ 0 °C
Maximum flexible temperature............................................................................................... = 52 °C
Check that OAT/TREF < flex temperature ≤ TMAXFLEX
No speed correction.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 142 kt, VR = 145 kt, V2 = 147 kt
Takeoff Configuration: 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
Chart temperature 52 146 146 148
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 5/8

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Takeoff Configuration: 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
FCOM correction(s)
Intermediate value 52 146 146 148
WET Correction 0 -4 -1 -1
Intermediate value 52 142 145 147
QNH Correction 0 0 0 0
Final value 52 142 145 147

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 6/8

FCOM ←E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-10-00012741.0012001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

1. Apply corrections from FCOM (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS).
2. Apply corrections from the RTOW chart.
Apply speed corrections except for QNH and bleed influences.
EXAMPLE 6
DATA: Actual takeoff weight = 75 000 kg
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 028 hPa
WET runway
Use the chart (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-20 DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS
ON TAKEOFF CHART). Determine the maximum permissible takeoff weight (Refer to
PER-TOF-TOC-12-10 COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART: example 3).
The actual weight being lower than the maximum one, flexible takeoff is possible.
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 75 000 kg, CONF 1 + F,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 48 °C
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 75 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 48 °C
Equivalent performance is obtained from the two different configurations.
Retain CONF 1 + F as the speeds are lower.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 152 kt, VR = 152 kt, V2 = 153 kt
First, apply the correction (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS).
Flexible temperature with air conditioning OFF....................................................................... 48 °C
Air conditioning correction......................................................................................................... -3 °C
Intermediate flexible temperature...........................................................................................= 45 °C
No speed correction.
Apply WET correction
For flexible temperature < TVMC (54 °C), ΔTflex = ................................................................ -1 °C
Intermediate flex temperature................................................................................................ = 44 °C
Associated speeds,
V1 = 152 kt - 0 = 152 kt
VR = 152 kt - 0 = 152 kt
V2 = 153 kt - 0 = 153 kt
Since speed correction on V2 is 0, no V2 check against VMU limitation is necessary.
Apply QNH correction
For flexible temperature < TVMC (54 °C), ΔTflex =................................................................... 0 °C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 7/8

FCOM F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Maximum flexible temperature............................................................................................... = 44 °C

Check that OAT/TREF < flex temperature ≤ TMAXFLEX
No speed correction.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 152 kt, VR = 152 kt, V2 = 153 kt
Takeoff Configuration : 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
Chart temperature 48 152 152 153
FCOM correction(s) -3 0 0 0
Intermediate value 45 152 152 153
WET Correction -1 0 0 0
Intermediate value 44 152 152 153
QNH Correction 0 0 0 0
Final value. 44 152 152 153

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-10 P 8/8

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-20-00001726.0001001 / 30 SEP 13
Applicable to: ALL

In some cases when the actual takeoff weight is lower than the maximum permissible takeoff
weight, but the flexible temperature is lower than TREF or OAT, flexible takeoff is not possible. It is
mandatory to use TOGA thrust.
For speed determination:
‐ You can retain the speeds that have been calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight;
OR
‐ You can retain the speeds associated with the actual takeoff weight provided they are all lower
than the speeds calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF POSSIBLE BUT NOT USED

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF POSSIBLE BUT NOT USED

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-25-00015228.0001001 / 30 SEP 13
Applicable to: ALL

If the flexible takeoff is possible, but the flight crew elects to perform the takeoff with TOGA thrust, for
speed determination:
‐ You can retain the speeds that have been calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight;
OR
‐ You can retain the speeds associated with the actual takeoff weight provided they are all lower
than the speeds calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-25 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-25 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-30 P 1/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-14-30-00006034.0001001 / 24 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The flow diagram gives the different steps to follow.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-30 P 2/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-30 P 3/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (TEMPERATURE ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-14-30 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-10-00001727.0001001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Takeoff optimization is calculated for a given runway and its obstacles and for given conditions of
flap setting, temperature, wind and QNH. The calculation produces a maximum permissible takeoff
weight (or a maximum takeoff temperature for an actual weight).
The takeoff thrust produced by the engine varies as follows :

The optimization process calculates the speeds which will produce the maximum takeoff weight.
To do so, it takes into account the different takeoff limitations such as TOD, ASD, TOR, second
segment..., as shown on the charts below.

On a typical runway, the performance of a twin engine aircraft, is generally limited by the one engine
out operation at takeoff. The optimum V2/VS and optimum V1/VR are consequently unique.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF CHART DESCRIPTION

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-20-00001728.0003001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The takeoff chart (RTOW : Regulatory Takeoff Weight) is calculated for a specific aircraft version
and for a particular runway specified at the top of the chart. The top of the chart also gives some
information about the runway and lists the calculation assumptions.
The chart is given for 2 different configurations and 4 wind values per configuration. This allows the
crew to select the configuration that gives either :
‐ the highest permissible takeoff weight, or, for a given weight,
‐ the highest flexible temperature.
If different configurations give equivalent performance, the crew should select the configuration
associated with the lowest takeoff speeds.
The left column of the chart contains weight entry. For each weight entry (and for a given
configuration and wind), the chart provides the following information :

Note: The takeoff weight is the sum of the weight entry and the delta weight.
The available limitation codes are :
‐ First segment : 1
‐ Second segment : 2
‐ Runway length : 3
‐ Obstacles : 4
‐ Tire speed : 5
‐ Brake energy : 6
‐ Maximum computation weight : 7
‐ Final takeoff : 8
‐ VMU : 9

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-20-00001729.0002001 / 16 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Each takeoff chart is computed for a given set of conditions (air conditioning, QNH, anti ice...)
specified at the top of the chart. If the actual takeoff conditions are different, the crew must apply
corrections.
Two types of corrections are available :
‐ Conservative corrections (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS) (to be
used when not provided on the chart).
‐ Corrections (less restrictive) listed on the chart, to be applied as explained below.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-20-00006633.0001001 / 08 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The corrections are presented on 4 lines :

TVMC is a temperature value given per column. This is a fictitious value that indicates the
temperature above which the speeds are close to a VMC limitation or are VMC limited.
Note: The lower two lines may be shaded on certain chart formats.

MINIMUM SPEED
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-20-00006634.0001001 / 04 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Minimum V1/VR/V2 due to VMC are provided on the bottom right side of the takeoff chart.
They are only applicable in case of speed corrections.
These speeds are conservative. They may be slightly higher than V1/VR/V2 displayed on the takeoff
chart.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-20 P 2/2

FCOM B to D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

ONE ENGINE OUT CLIMB PROCEDURE

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-30-00001730.0001001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The performance given in the chart is consistent with the flight path specified for the aircraft with one
engine out and takes into account significant obstacles.
When the procedure to be followed is not the standard instrument departure, the chart describes a
specific procedure (EOSID).
When the specified procedure requires a turn, except if otherwise stated on the RTOW chart, the turn
should be performed with a maximum bank of 15 ° until the aircraft reaches 1 500 ft or until green
dot.
The acceleration height (or altitude) ensures that the net flight path clears the highest obstacle by
at least 35 ft when accelerating in level flight to green dot speed after an engine failure, in the most
adverse conditions.

TAKEOFF ON A WET RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-30-00001731.0002001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

Takeoff charts computed for wet runway with a 15 ft screen height and/or use of reverse thrust may
produce, in some conditions, a maximum takeoff weight (or flexible temperature) higher than that
obtained for a dry runway. It is thus mandatory to compare both charts (dry and wet) and retain the
lower of the two weights (or flexible temperature) and the associated speeds determined for a wet
runway.
Note: The crew need not compare the charts if the top of the wet runway chart specifies “DRY
CHECK”. (The comparison has already been inserted in the WET runway calculation).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 1/6

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

RTOW CHARTS - COMPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-30-00001732.0002001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 2/6

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 3/6

FCOM ←C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 4/6

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

RTOW EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-16-30-00001733.0003001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 5/6

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - GENERAL (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 P 6/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

DETERMINATION OF MAXIMUM TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND SPEEDS

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00001734.0002001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The takeoff chart is computed for a given runway under a set of conditions, which are :
‐ OAT
‐ Wind
‐ Configuration
‐ QNH, air conditioning, anti ice...
Two configurations are produced on the chart. This enables the crew to select that giving the highest
permissible takeoff weight.
In case of equivalent performance, retain the configuration giving the lower takeoff speeds.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 1/8

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

MTOW DETERMINATION
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00013648.0002001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Enter the chart with the given configuration and actual wind column reading the temperature value.
This temperature value stands for the OAT. Read the maximum takeoff weight corresponding to
the actual OAT. Note that it is allowed to interpolate between two consecutive lines to obtain the
maximum takeoff weight.
It is reminded that the takeoff weight is the sum of the weight entry and the delta weight. Similarly
determine the takeoff speeds associated with the maximum takeoff weight.
In some cases, it may happen that the first temperature value (displayed for the highest weight entry)
is higher than OAT. In this case, it is allowed to extrapolate the weight value to avoid unnecessary
penalty. Use the Grad 1/Grad 2 gradients provided at the bottom of the corresponding column.
CORRECTION TO WEIGHT
Grad 1/Grad 2 are gradients provided for both sides of the flat rating temperature (TREF).
Grad 1 applies to temperatures below TREF and Grad 2 applies above TREF.
Read the lowest temperature of the column (corresponding to the highest weight entry).

 If the lowest temperature and OAT are above TREF.

Obtain weight increment by multiplying Grad 2 by the difference in temperature between OAT
and lowest temperature. Add this weight increment to the maximum takeoff weight calculated
for the lowest temperature.
 If the lowest temperature and OAT are below TREF.
Obtain weight increment by multiplying Grad 1 by the difference in temperature between OAT
and lowest temperature. Add this weight increment to the maximum takeoff weight calculated
for the lowest temperature.
 If OAT is below TREF and lowest temperature is above TREF.
The weight increment is calculated in two steps. Step one is multiplying Grad 2 by temperature
difference between lowest temperature and TREF. Step two is multiplying Grad 1 by
temperature difference between TREF and OAT. Add results from step one and two to
maximum takeoff weight calculated for lowest temperature.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 2/8

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Note: Use the weight gradients only to extrapolate above the maximum weight shown in the
RTOW chart. They are not valid for interpolation between two boxes, between filled
boxes or between one filled and one blank box.
Repeat the above process for the other available configuration and retain the configuration giving
the highest takeoff weight.

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00001736.0002001 / 11 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Retain the maximum takeoff weight, associated configuration and speeds from above.
For conditions different from those of the chart, apply relevant corrections.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 3/8

FCOM ← B to C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00013716.0011001 / 18 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Corrections are given for QNH ≠ 1 013 hPa, air conditioning ON, anti ice ON.
1. For the given wind and temperature conditions, determine the maximum takeoff weight (choose
the configuration giving the highest weight).
2. Apply the published weight correction(s) to the maximum takeoff weight (for each correction) to
determine the maximum permissible takeoff weight.
3. Read the speeds associated with the maximum permissible takeoff weight by entering the chart
with the retained configuration and weight value.
EXAMPLE A
DATA : OAT = 25 °C
Head Wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 013 hPa
Use the chart from (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE).
Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 1 + F, to read for 25 °C
The lowest temperature of the column is 32 °C, use Grad 1/Grad 2 to extrapolate the maximum
takeoff weight.
MAX TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF = 92.6 + 0.54 × 3 + 0.05 × 4 = 94.4
Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 2, to read for 25 °C
The lowest temperature of the column is 32 °C, use Grad 1/Grad 2 to extrapolate the maximum
takeoff weight.
MAX TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF = 92.4 + 0.54 × 3 + 0.05 × 4 = 94.2
Retain CONF 1 + F as takeoff configuration.
Maximum TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF................................................................ 94.4
Air conditioning correction (PER_TOF_TOD_24 QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION)........................-2.3
Maximum permissible TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning ON............................................ = 92.1
Determine takeoff speeds for 92.1 (1 000 kg) in the 10 kt head wind column (CONF 1 + F) V1 =
154 kt, VR = 163 kt, V2 = 165 kt

CORRECTIONS FOR WET OR CONTAMINATED RUNWAYS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00004071.0001001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

(Refer to PER-TOF-CTA-10 GENERAL)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 4/8

FCOM D to E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00006112.0003001 / 14 NOV 11
Applicable to: ALL

(Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE).

A description of this correction is given in PER-TOF-TOC-16-20 (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-20
DESCRIPTION OF THE CORRECTIONS ON TAKEOFF CHART). The list of corrections is not
exhaustive, however the most commonly used corrections are wet runway, QNH, air conditioning
and/or anti ice. A maximum of three corrections can be produced on one chart.
To apply the corrections, proceed as follows:
1. Determine the maximum takeoff weight before correction for the given OAT and wind condition.
2. Apply the first correction:
If OAT is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔW correction from line 1 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2
corrections from line 2.
Else, (for OAT greater than TVMC), apply ΔW correction from line 3 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2 corrections
from line 4.
3. To combine a second (and third, as applicable) correction:
If OAT is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔW correction from line 1 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2
corrections from line 2.
Check that the resulting speeds are higher than the minimum speeds displayed on the RTOW
chart and that V2 is higher than the VMU limited speed (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM
V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)).
If OAT is higher than TVMC (line 3) or if the above speed check is not fulfilled, apply ΔW correction
from line 3 and ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2 corrections from line 4. No speed check is required.
Note: ‐ QNH correction is given for ±10 hPa. It is allowed to extrapolate linearly for greater QNH
deviation.
‐ When using a takeoff chart with failure cases, it is not allowed to combine two failure
cases.
‐ Corrections from the chart must be applied from top to bottom, i.e. in the RTOW (Refer to
PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE), apply the wet correction first.
‐ If asterisk or dotted lines appear in the correction boxes, refer to more conservative
corrections provided in the FCOM.
‐ No speed check is required for the first correction. However, if the first influence
correction follows a conservative FCOM correction, a speed check is required.
EXAMPLE B
DATA :
OAT = 40 °C
Head wind = 10 kt
QNH = 998 hPa

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 5/8

FCOM F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

WET runway
Use the chart Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE.
• Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 1+F, to read for 40 °C
max TO weight (1 000 kg).......................................................................................................87.0
• Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 2, to read for 40 °C
max TO weight (1 000 kg).......................................................................................................86.8
• Retain CONF 1+F for takeoff
• Read associated speeds as V1 = 153 kt, VR = 161 kt, V2 = 161 kt
• Apply WET correction
For OAT < TVMC (57 °C), ΔW =........................................................................................... – 0.2
Intermediate weight (1 000 kg).............................................................................................= 86.8
Associated speeds,
V1 = 153 kt – 7 = 146 kt
VR = 161 kt – 0 = 161 kt
V2 = 161 kt – 0 = 161 kt
(No speed check required for first correction)
• Apply QNH correction
For OAT < TVMC (50 °C), ΔW = – 0.9 × 15/10 =..................................................................– 1.4
Maximum permissible takeoff weight (1 000 kg).................................................................. = 85.4
Associated speeds,
V1 = 146 kt – 1 × 15/10 = 144 kt
VR = 161 kt – 1 × 15/10 = 160 kt
V2 = 161 kt – 1 × 15/10 = 160 kt
• Check that the speeds are higher than minimum speeds from the chart and from VMU table.
Takeoff Configuration: 1 + F
TOW V1 VR V2
TOW (RTOW) 87.0 153 161 161
FCOM correction(s)
Intermediate value 87.0 153 161 161
WET Correction - 0.2 -7 0 0
Intermediate value 86.8 146 161 161
QNH Correction - 1.4 -2 -1 -1
Final value 85.4 144 160 160

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 6/8

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-10-00006113.0015001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Proceed as follows:
1. Determine the maximum takeoff weight by entering the chart with selected configuration, OAT and
wind.
2. Apply corrections from FCOM to determine an intermediate weight. Interpolate associated speeds
for intermediate weight in the same column (same wind and configuration).
3. Apply corrections from RTOW chart as explained above.
EXAMPLE C
DATA : OAT = 25 °C
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 998 hPa
WET runway
1. Use the chart Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE.
Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 1 + F, to read for 25 °C
MAX TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF = 92.6 + 0.54 × 3 + 0.05 × 4 = 94.4
Enter the 10 kt head wind column CONF 2, to read for 25 °C
MAX TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF = 92.4 + 0.54 × 3 + 0.05 × 4 = 94.2
Retain CONF 1 + F for takeoff configuration.
2. First, apply the correction Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS.
Max TO weight (1 000 kg) air conditioning OFF..................................................................... 94.4
Air conditioning correction........................................................................................................ -2.3
Intermediate weight.............................................................................................................. = 92.1
Interpolate takeoff speeds for 92.1 (1 000 kg) in the 10 kt head wind column,
V1 = 154 kt, VR = 163 kt, V2 = 165 kt
3. Apply WET correction
For OAT < TVMC (57 °C), ΔW =............................................................................................. -0.2
Intermediate weight.............................................................................................................. = 91.9
Associated speeds,
V1 = 154 kt - 7 = 147 kt
VR = 163 kt - 0 = 163 kt
V2 = 165 kt - 0 = 165 kt
Apply QNH correction
For OAT < TVMC (50 °C), ΔW = -0.9 × 15/10 =......................................................................-1.4
Maximum permissible takeoff weight....................................................................................= 90.5
Associated speed,

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 7/8

FCOM G→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

V1 = 147 kt - 1 × 15/10 = 145 kt

VR = 163 kt - 1 × 15/10 = 162 kt
V2 = 165 kt - 1 × 15/10 = 164 kt
Check that the speeds are higher than minimum speeds from the chart and from VMU table. (It
is reminded that if the speed checks are not fulfilled, the corrections must be recalculated using
those provided on lines 3 and 4).
Since the speed check is fulfilled:
MAX permissible takeoff weight = 90.5 (1 000 kg)
V1 = 145 kt, VR = 162 kt, V2 = 164 kt.
Takeoff Configuration: 1 + F
TOW V1 VR V2
TOW (RTOW) 94.4
FCOM correction(s) -2.3
Intermediate value 92.1 154 163 165
WET Correction -0.2 -7 0 0
Intermediate value 91.9 147 163 165
QNH Correction -1.4 -2 -1 -1
Final value 90.5 145 162 164

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 P 8/8

FCOM ←G 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

EXTRAPOLATION

EXTRAPOLATION
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-20-00001740.0002001 / 08 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

For OAT lower than the lowest temperature value of a wind column, it is possible to obtain a higher
maximum permissible takeoff weight by using Grad 1/Grad 2 values. Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-18-10
MTOW DETERMINATIONfor more details.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

MAXIMUM STRUCTURAL TAKEOFF WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-30-00001741.0001001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The maximum structural takeoff weight is a weight limitation depending on the aircraft. This limitation
is provided in the Flight Manual and in the limitation chapter (Refer to LIM-11 Weight Limitations).
Compare the maximum structural takeoff weight to the maximum permissible takeoff weight
computed for given conditions and retain the lower of the two values.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-30 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-30 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-40 P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - MTOW CALCULATION (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-18-40-00006114.0001001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The following flow diagram gives the different steps to follow.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-18-40 P 2/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

DETERMINATION OF FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF TEMPERATURE AND SPEEDS

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00013509.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Before determining the flexible temperature, calculate the maximum permissible takeoff weight (see
previous section) and ensure that the actual takeoff weight is lower than the determined maximum
takeoff weight.
‐ For a given configuration and wind value, enter the RTOW chart with the actual takeoff weight
to read the flexible temperature and associated speeds. It is reminded that the takeoff weight is
the sum of the weight entry and the delta weight displayed in each box. It is allowed to interpolate
between two consecutive rows and/or columns for weight and for wind values not displayed on the
chart.
‐ Repeat this process for the other configuration available. Select that configuration giving the
highest flexible temperature.

CORRECTIONS DUE TO DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00013506.0002001 / 23 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

When the takeoff conditions are different from those provided on the chart, apply the associated
corrections.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 1/8

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS FOR QNH AND BLEEDS

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00013212.0010001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Corrections are given for QNH ≠ 1 013 hPa, air conditioning ON, anti ice ON.
1. For a given takeoff weight, wind condition and selected configuration, read the flexible
temperature. Retain the takeoff speeds associated with the actual weight.
2. Apply the published temperature correction. To combine two or more corrections, add the different
corrections and apply to temperature value.
(No speed corrections required).
EXAMPLE D
DATA : Actual takeoff weight = 72 000 kg
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 1 013 hPa
Use the chart from Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE. Determine the maximum
permissible takeoff weight (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-18-10 CONSERVATIVE CORRECTIONS
FOR QNH AND BLEEDS). The actual weight being lower than the maximum one, flexible takeoff
is possible.
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 1 + F,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 57 °C
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 57 °C
Equivalent performance is obtained from the two different configurations.
Retain CONF 1 + F as the speeds are lower.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 138 kt, VR = 150 kt, V2 = 151 kt
Flexible temperature with air conditioning OFF....................................................................... 57 °C
Air conditioning correction......................................................................................................... -3 °C
(Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS)
Maximum flexible temperature............................................................................................... = 54 °C

CORRECTIONS FOR WET RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00013280.0001001 / 18 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Refer to PER-TOF-CTA-10 GENERAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 2/8

FCOM C to D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00013507.0003001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

A description of this correction is given on Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-20 CORRECTIONS DUE TO

DIFFERENT TAKEOFF CONDITIONS. The list of corrections is not exhaustive, however the most
commonly used corrections are wet runway, QNH, air conditioning and/or anti-icing. A maximum of
three corrections can be produced on one chart.
To apply the correction, proceed as follows:
1. Enter the chart with selected configuration, wind and actual takeoff weight to read the flexible
temperature associated with this weight.
2. Apply the first correction:
If the flexible temperature is less than or equal to TVMC (line 3), apply ΔTflex correction from line 1
and apply speed corrections (ΔV1/ΔVR/ΔV2) from line 2.
Else, (flexible temperature greater than TVMC), apply ΔTflex from line 3 and ΔV1/ ΔVR/ ΔV2
corrections from line 4.
Check V2 against VMU limitation (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY
VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)). If V2 is lower than V2 limited by VMU, flexible takeoff is not possible. Set
TOGA thrust and retain the speeds associated with maximum permissible takeoff weight or the
speeds read in the chart for the actual weight if they are all lower.
No speed correction is required for QNH and bleeds influence (Not applicable to maximum takeoff
weight determination).
3. To combine a second and/or a third correction, proceed as per point 2.
4. Check that the final flexible temperature is:
‐ Higher than OAT and TREF
‐ Limited toTMAXFLEX
If the check is fulfilled, retain final flexible temperature as the one to be inserted in the MCDU
If the check is not fulfilled, (final flexible temperature lower than OAT or TREF), no flexible
takeoff is possible.
Use TOGA thrust and retain speeds that have been calculated for the maximum permissible
takeoff weight. (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-20-20 FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE)
Note: ‐ QNH correction is given for ± 10 hPa . It is allowed to extrapolate linearly for greater
QNH deviation.
‐ Corrections from the chart must be applied from the top to bottom, i.e in the RTOW on
Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE, apply the wet influence first
Note: ‐ When the flexible temperature is higher than TVMC, it is allowed to limit the flexible
temperature to TVMC and apply only corrections from lines 1 and 2.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 3/8

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

‐ If asterisk or dotted lines appear in the correction boxes, refer to more conservative
corrections provided in the FCOM.
EXAMPLE E
DATA : Actual takeoff weight = 72 000 kg
Head wind = 10 kt
QNH = 998 hPa
WET runway
Air conditioning OFF
Use the chart from Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE.
Determine the maximum permissible takeoff weight (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-18-10
CORRECTIONS PRODUCED ON THE RTOW CHART)
The actual weight being lower than the maximum one, flexible takeoff is possible.
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 1+F,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 57 °C
Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature................................................................................................................. 57 °C
Equivalent performance is obtained from the two different configurations.
Retain CONF 1+F as the speeds are lower.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 138 kt, VR = 150 kt, V2 = 151 kt
Apply WET correction
For flexible temperature < TVMC (57 °C), ΔTflex =.................................................................. -1 °C
Intermediate flex temperature................................................................................................ = 56 °C
Associated speeds,
V1 = 138 kt – 7 = 131 kt
VR = 150 kt – 0 = 150 kt
V2 = 151 kt – 0 = 151 kt
Since speed correction on V2 is 0, no V2 check against VMU limitation is necessary.
Apply QNH correction
For flex temperature ≥TVMC (50 °C), ΔTflex =....................................................................... –3 °C
Maximum flexible temperature............................................................................................... = 53 °C
Check that OAT/TREF < flex temperature ≤ TMAXFLEX
No speed correction.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 131 kt, VR = 150 kt, V2 = 151 kt
Takeoff Configuration : 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
Chart temperature 57 138 150 151
FCOM correction(s)
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 4/8

FCOM ←E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Takeoff Configuration : 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
Intermediate value 57 138 150 151
WET Correction –1 –7 0 0
Intermediate value 56 131 150 151
QNH Correction –3 0 0 0
Final value 53 131 150 151

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 5/8

FCOM ←E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

COMBINING CORRECTIONS FROM FCOM AND CHART

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-10-00012742.0012001 / 18 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

1. Apply corrections from FCOM (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS).
2. Apply corrections from the RTOW chart.
Apply speed corrections except for QNH and bleed influences.
EXAMPLE F
DATA : Actual takeoff weight = 72 000 kg
Head wind = 10 kt
Air conditioning ON
QNH = 998 hPa
WET runway
Use the chart fromRefer to PER-TOF-TOC-16-30 RTOW EXAMPLE. Determine the maximum
permissible takeoff weight (see example C). The actual weight being lower than the maximum one,
flexible takeoff is possible.
‐ Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 1+F,
Flexible temperature............................................................................................................. 57 °C
‐ Enter the 10 kt head wind column and interpolate for 72 000 kg, CONF 2,
Flexible temperature............................................................................................................. 57 °C
‐ Equivalent performance is obtained from the two different configurations.
‐ Retain CONF 1+F as the speeds are lower.
‐ Takeoff speeds are V1 = 138 kt, VR = 150 kt, V2 = 151 kt
‐ First, apply the correction from FCOM (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH AND
BLEEDS).
Flexible temperature with air conditioning OFF.................................................................... 57 °C
Air conditioning correction..................................................................................................... -3 °C
Intermediate flexible temperature.......................................................................................= 54 °C
No speed correction.
‐ Apply WET correction
For flexible temperature < TVMC (57 °C), ΔTflex =.............................................................. -1 °C
Intermediate flex temperature............................................................................................ = 53 °C
Associated speeds,
V1 = 138 kt - 7= 131 kt
VR = 150 kt - 0 = 150 kt
V2 = 151 kt - 0 = 151 kt
Since speed correction on V2 is 0, no V2 check against VMU limitation is necessary.
‐ Apply QNH correction
For flexible temperature > TVMC (50 °C), ΔTflex =.............................................................. -3 °C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 6/8

FCOM F→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Maximum flexible temperature........................................................................................... = 50 °C

Check that OAT/TREF < flex temperature ≤ TMAXFLEX
No speed correction.
Takeoff speeds are V1 = 131 kt, VR = 150 kt, V2 = 151 kt
Takeoff Configuration : 1 + F
Tflex V1 VR V2
Chart temperature 57 138 150 151
FCOM correction(s) -3 0 0 0
Intermediate value 54 138 150 151
WET Correction -1 -7 0 0
Intermediate value 53 131 150 151
QNH Correction -3 0 0 0
Final value 50 131 150 151

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 7/8

FCOM ←F 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-10 P 8/8

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE

FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF NOT POSSIBLE

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-20-00013281.0001001 / 18 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

In some cases when the actual takeoff weight is lower than the maximum permissible one but no
flexible takeoff possible (that is flexible temperature lower than TREF or OAT):
‐ It is mandatory to use TOGA thrust
‐ You can retain the speeds that have been calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight;
OR
‐ You can retain the speeds associated with the actual takeoff weight provided they are all lower
than the speeds calculated for the maximum permissible takeoff weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-30 P 1/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

SUMMARY
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOC-20-30-00013282.0001001 / 24 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The flow diagram gives the different steps to follow

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-30 P 2/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-30 P 3/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF CHARTS - FLEXIBLE TAKEOFF (WEIGHT ENTRY)
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOC-20-30 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION
OPERATING MANUAL

EFFECT OF QNH AND BLEEDS (UP TO 9200 FT)

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOD-24-00012927.0043001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

Note: ‐ * Corrections valid only for OAT < 10 °C

‐ For high altitude operation, REFER TO PER-TOF-TOD-24 EFFECT OF QNH FOR HIGH
ALTITUDE OPERATIONS (if applicable).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-24 P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLES
Ident.: PER-TOF-TOD-24-00012924.0037001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

TAKEOFF CHART DATA

Airport geometric elevation = 450 ft
QNH = 1 013 hPa
Anti ice OFF
Air conditioning OFF
EXAMPLE 1-FULL THRUST TAKEOFF
Actual data : OAT = 5 °C
QNH = 1 040 hPa
Engine anti ice ON
Air conditioning OFF
Weight read in the takeoff chart: 85 000 kg
Determine the actual airport pressure altitude (1 hPa is equivalent to 28 ft according to the ISA
model).
Pressure altitude = 450 – (1 040 – 1 013) × 28 = -306 ft
Read in the above table the corrections for high QNH and engine anti ice ON.
QNH correction = 40 kg × (450/28) + 0 kg × (306/28) = +640 kg
Engine anti ice correction: none
The maximum permissible takeoff weight is 85 000 + 640 = 85 640 kg
EXAMPLE 2-FLEXIBLE THRUST TAKEOFF
Actual data : OAT = 5 °C
QNH = 1 040 hPa
Anti ice OFF
Air conditioning ON
TOW = 75 000 kg
Flexible temperature read in the takeoff chart: TFLEX = 55 °C.
Read TREF on the takeoff chart or on the quick reference table.
Determine the actual airport pressure altitude (1 hPa is equivalent to 28 ft according to the ISA
model).
Pressure altitude = 450 - (1 040 -1 013) × 28 = -306 ft
Read in the above table the correction for QNH and air conditioning ON:
QNH correction = 1 °C/30 hPa × (450/28) + 0 = 0 °C
Air conditioning ON correction: -3 °C
New flexible temperature = 55 + 0 -3 = 52 °C
Check that the flexible temperature is above TREF and actual OAT.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-24 P 2/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION
OPERATING MANUAL

Check that the flexible temperature is less than the maximum flexible temperature and retain the
lower of the two.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-24 P 3/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - QNH/BLEEDS CORRECTION
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-24 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC

SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOD-25-10-00001754.0014001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

All takeoff speeds have a minimum value limited by control. These minimum speeds are usually
provided on each RTOW chart. If these speeds are not available, use the following conservative
values. These speeds may be slightly higher than the minimum control speeds displayed on the
RTOW chart.
MINIMUM V1 (KT IAS)
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
CONF
-2 000 -1 000 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 8 000 9 200 12 000 14 100
1+F 115 115 115 114 112 110 109 107 105 101 99 94 85
2 115 115 115 114 112 110 109 107 105 101 99 94 85
3 113 113 113 112 110 109 107 105 103 100 98 93 85
MINIMUM VR (KT IAS)
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
CONF
-2 000 -1 000 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 8 000 9 200 12 000 14 100
1+F 121 121 121 119 118 116 113 111 109 106 103 98 94
2 121 121 121 119 118 116 113 111 109 106 103 98 94
3 119 119 119 117 116 114 112 110 108 104 102 96 93
MINIMUM V2 (KT IAS)
PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
CONF
-2 000 -1 000 0 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 8 000 9 200 12 000 14 100
1+F 126 126 126 124 122 120 117 115 113 109 106 100 96
2 125 125 125 123 121 119 117 114 112 108 106 100 96
3 125 125 125 123 121 119 117 115 112 108 106 100 96

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 P 1/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

MINIMUM V2 LIMITED BY VMU/VMCA (KT IAS)

Ident.: PER-TOF-TOD-25-20-00001756.0065001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The following tables, one per configuration, provide the V2 limited by minimum unstick speed and
minimum control speed in the air.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 P 2/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 P 3/4

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW TAKEOFF DATA - MINIMUM SPEEDS
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-TOD-25-20 P 4/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-10-00001781.0001001 / 21 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL

This section presents the recommendations of Airbus for operations from wet runways or from
runways which are covered with contaminants such as standing water, slush or snow.
CAUTION Takeoff is not recommended:
‐ From an icy runway
‐ From a runway for which the depth of contaminant is greater than the
performance levels or the equivalences published in the documentation or
performance software.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - DEFINITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-20-00001782.0001001 / 22 MAY 13
Applicable to: ALL

DAMP : A runway is damp when the surface is not dry, but when the water on it
does not give it a shiny appearance.
WET : A runway is considered as wet when the surface has a shiny
appearance due to a thin layer of water. When this layer does not
exceed 3 mm depth, there is no substantial risk of hydroplaning.
STANDING WATER : is caused by heavy rainfall and /or insufficient runway drainage with a
depth of more than 3 mm.
SLUSH : is water saturated with snow which spatters when stepping firmly on
it. It is encountered at temperatures around 5 °C and its density is
approximately 0.85 kg/l (7.1 lb/US Gal).
WET SNOW : is a condition where, if compacted by hand, snow will stick together
and tend to form a snowball. Its density is approximately 0.4 kg/l
(3.35 lb/US Gal).
DRY SNOW : is a condition where snow can be blown if loose, or if compacted by
hand, will fall apart again upon release. Its density is approximately
0.2 kg/l (1.7 lb/US Gal).
COMPACTED SNOW : is a condition where snow has been compressed.
ICY : is a condition where the friction coefficient is 0.05 or below.

EQUIVALENCES
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-20-00014919.0001001 / 21 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL

For the below-listed reported contaminants, the following equivalent runway conditions can be
retained for the takeoff performance determination.
Reported contaminant
Equivalent Runway Condition
Type of contaminant Depth of contaminant
Slush ≤ 3 mm (1/8 in)
Water ≤ 3 mm (1/8 in) Wet
≤ 3 mm (1/8 in)
Wet snow ≤ 12.7 mm (1/2 in) 6.3 mm (1/4 in) Slush
≤ 25.4 mm (1 in) 12.7 mm (1/2 in) Slush
Dry snow ≤ 3 mm (1/8 in) Wet
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-20 P 1/2

FCOM A to B → 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - DEFINITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

Reported contaminant
Equivalent Runway Condition
Type of contaminant Depth of contaminant
≤ 50.8 mm (2 in) 6.3 mm (1/4 in) Slush
≤ 100 mm (4 in) 12.7 mm (1/2 in) Slush

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-20 P 2/2

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-30-00001783.0001001 / 14 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

Performance penalties for takeoff as published in this section are computed with the
following assumptions :
‐ The contaminant is in a layer of uniform depth and density over the entire length of the runway.
‐ Antiskid and spoilers are operative.
‐ The friction coefficient is based on studies and checked by actual tests.
‐ The screen height at the end of takeoff segment is 15 ft, not 35 ft.
In addition, for contaminated runways only :
‐ There is drag due to rolling resistance of the wheels.
‐ There is drag due to spray on the airframe and gears.
‐ Reverse thrust is used for the deceleration phase.
‐ Maximum thrust is used for takeoff.
Note: The net flight path clears obstacles by 15 ft instead of 35 ft.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-30 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-30 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-10-00013660.0002001 / 04 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

CAUTION The method is based on the use of the RTOW charts established at optimum V2/VS
and optimum V1/VR. In addition, when applying corrections for a wet runway, the
RTOW charts should also have been established with V1 min (minimum V1 of the
V1 range). The method should not be used with takeoff charts computed for other
conditions. All tables have been established for TOGA (and Flexible Takeoff for wet
runways). Do not use them for Derated thrust.
Correct the determined maximum takeoff weight on dry runway to take into account QNH and bleed
effects, then apply the corrections given on the following pages.
Note: 1. The results obtained with this method may be different from the influence given at the
bottom of the RTOW chart.
2. On contaminated runway, in some cases, no MTOW can be determined with this method
(box dashed below a given weight). A specific RTOW chart must then be computed.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A WET RUNWAY

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 P 1/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

HOW TO PROCEED
Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-20-00012966.0004001 / 24 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

1. Determine the maximum takeoff weight or flexible temperature and associated speeds on dry
runway.
2. Two sets of tables are given depending on the use of thrust reversers and the presence of
clearway. Select the table to use as applicable to your case.
The runway length in the table corresponds to the available takeoff run (TORA).
3. Apply the corrections shown in the table to the maximum takeoff weight or flexible temperature
and associated speeds determined on dry runway.
4. Check that takeoff speeds are greater than the minimum values shown on the RTOW chart.
If one or more speeds are lower than these minimum values, apply the following procedure :
‐ Actual TOW = maximum TOW
• If V1 is lower than the minimum V1 (V1 limited by VMCG), take this last value as V1 and
further decrease weight by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb ) per knot difference between them. Check that
VR and V2 are higher than or equal to the minimum values.
• If VR or/and V2 falls below the minimum values, takeoff is not possible.
‐ Actual TOW lower than maximum TOW
• If V1 corresponding to actual TOW is lower than the minimum V1 (V1 limited by VMCG) :
▪ If maximum TOW has a V1 equal to or above minimum V1, retain minimum V1 as V1 and
decrease the flexible temperature by 4 °C per knot difference between them.
▪ In the rare case when the V1 corresponding to maximum TOW falls below the minimum
V1, decrease maximum TOW by 3 000 kg (6 600 lb ) per knot difference between them.
Limit the actual TOW to the value found after this decrement. Take V1 equal to minimum
V1 and decrease the flexible temperature by 4 °C per knot difference between this last
value and the V1 corresponding to the actual TOW. Check that VR and V2 are higher than
or equal to the minimum values.
• If VR or V2 corresponding to actual TOW falls below the minimum values, and if VR and V2
corresponding to maximum TOW are above the minimum values, retain the minimum speed
value for VR and V2.

5. Check that V2 is above the minimum V2 value due to VMU (Refer to PER-TOF-TOD-25-10
SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC).
6. Check that the corrected flexible temperature is higher than OAT and Tref.
Note: ‐ Do not extrapolate below the shortest runway length provided in the table.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 P 2/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

‐ If no minimum speed value is available, use the conservative values provided on Refer to
PER-TOF-TOD-25-10 SPEEDS LIMITED BY VMC.

NO THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (NO CLEARWAY)

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-20-00012743.0039001 / 04 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

TAKEOFF
1+F 2 3
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY LENGTH
(m) 2 500 3 000 3 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 1 750 2 000 2 500
(ft) 8 000 10 000 11 500 6 500 8 000 10 000 5 750 6 500 8 000
and above and above and above
FLEX TO
Temperature 7 3 3 9 4 3 9 5 3
decrement (°C)
MAX TO Weight
decrement (1 000 kg) 2.2 1.0 1.0 2.5 1.1 1.0 2.5 1.4 0.8
(1 000 lb) 4.9 2.2 2.2 5.5 2.4 2.2 5.5 3.0 1.8
V1 decrement (kt) 15 15 15 14 15 15 13 13 14
VR and V2
3 4 4 3 4 4 2 3 4
decrement (kt)

ALL THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (NO CLEARWAY)

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-20-00012744.0033001 / 04 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

TAKEOFF
1+F 2 3
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY LENGTH
(m) 2500 3000 3500 2000 2500 3000 1750 2000 2500
(ft) 8000 10000 11500 6500 8000 10000 5750 6500 8000
and above and above and above
FLEX TO Temperature
3 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
decrement (°C)
MAX TO Weight
decrement (1000 kg) 0.7 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.1 0.3 0.3
(1000 lb) 1.6 0.9 0.9 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.3 0.7 0.7
V1 decrement (kt) 9 10 10 8 9 9 8 8 8
VR and V2
1 1 2 1 1 2 0 0 1
decrement (kt)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 P 3/4

FCOM ← A to C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

NO THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (WITH CLEARWAY)

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-20-00012745.0035001 / 08 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

TAKEOFF
1+F 2 3
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY LENGTH
(m) 2 500 3 000 3 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 1 750 2 000 2 500
(ft) 8 000 10 000 11 500 6 500 8 000 10 000 5 750 6 500 8 000
and above and above and above
FLEX TO
NO NO NO NO
Temperature FLEX
9 7
FLEX
9 7
FLEX FLEX
7
decrement (°C)
MAX TO Weight
decrement
(1 000 kg) 4.9 2.8 2.2 5.1 2.6 2.1 5.1 3.3 1.8
(1 000 lb) 10.8 6.1 4.8 11.2 5.7 4.6 11.2 7.2 3.9
V1 decrement (kt) 14 15 16 14 15 15 12 12 12
VR and V2
4 6 7 3 5 5 3 4 5
decrement (kt)

ALL THRUST REVERSERS OPERATIVE (WITH CLEARWAY)

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-20-00012941.0035001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

TAKEOFF
1+F 2 3
CONFIGURATION
RUNWAY LENGTH
(m) 2 500 3 000 3 500 2 000 2 500 3 000 1 750 2 000 2 500
(ft) 8 000 10 000 11 500 6 500 8 000 10 000 5 750 6 500 8 000
and above and above and above
FLEX TO Temperature NO NO NO
6 4 6 6 6 4
decrement (°C) FLEX FLEX FLEX
MAX TO Weight
decrement (1 000 kg) 3.1 1.6 1.2 3.2 1.8 1.5 3.6 1.8 1.2
(1 000 lb) 6.8 3.5 2.6 7.0 3.9 3.3 7.9 3.9 2.6
V1 decrement (kt) 9 10 10 8 9 10 6 6 7
VR and V2
3 5 5 1 3 3 1 2 3
decrement (kt)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 P 4/4

FCOM D to E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A CONTAMINATED RUNWAY

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 1/12

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A 6.3 MM (1/4 INCH) WATER COVERED RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-30-00001786.0067001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway.

‐ Apply the following weight decrement versus takeoff configuration, runway length and clearway
availability to determine a corrected weight.
TAKEOFF
CONF 1 + F CONF 2 CONF 3
CONFIGURATION
4 000 3 000 2 500
RUNWAY LENGTH
2 500 3 000 3 500 13 000 2 000 2 500 10 000 1 750 2 000 8 000
(m)
8 000 10 000 11 500 and 6 500 8 000 and 5 750 6 500 and
(ft)
above above above
Δ Weight (1 000 kg)
16.4 14.2 11.9 11.4 15.6 12.8 11.9 12.5 14.5 14.5
With clearway 14.0 13.0 11.0 10.5 13.0 11.5 11.0 10.0 13.0 13.0
Without clearway
‐ Enter the following tables with the corrected weight to determine MTOW then determine takeoff
speeds associated with actual TOW.
CONF 1 + F
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <61.561.5 62 63.3 63.3 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 54 56 63.3 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤54 56 58 60 62 63.3 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
129 131 134 136 138 140 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 165 167 168 170
(kt IAS)
VR
125 127 130 132 134 136 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 164 166
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140 142 143 145
(kt IAS)
CONF 2
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <67.5 67.5 68 70 71 71 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 57 59 67 71 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 2/12

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤57 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 71 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 125 128 131 132 134 136 138 139 140 142 143 145 147 149 150 152 154 156 157 159
(kt IAS)
VR
122 123 126 129 130 132 134 136 137 138 140 141 143 145 147 148 150 152 154 155 157
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 118 119 121 123 125 126 128 130 132 133 135
(kt IAS)
CONF 3
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <68.3 68.3 70 71 71 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 60 67 71 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤60 62 64 66 68 70 71 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 126 128 130 132 134 135 136 138 139 141 143 144 146 148 149 151 153 155
(kt IAS)
VR
120 122 124 126 128 130 131 132 134 135 137 139 140 142 144 145 147 149 151
(kt IAS)
V1
113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 116 117 119 121 122 124 126 127 129 131 133
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 3/12

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A 12.7 MM (1/2 INCH) WATER COVERED RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-30-00001794.0092001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway.

‐ Apply the following weight decrement versus takeoff configuration, runway length and clearway
availability to determine a corrected weight.
TAKEOFF
CONF 1 + F CONF 2 CONF 3
CONFIGURATION
4 000 3 000 2 500
RUNWAY LENGTH
2 500 3 000 3 500 13 000 2 000 2 500 10 000 1 750 2 000 8 000
(m)
8 000 10 000 11 500 and 6 500 8 000 and 5 750 6 500 and
(ft)
above above above
Δ Weight (1 000 kg)
19.4 17.7 13.9 11.9 19.1 16.8 13.4 17.5 17.5 13.9
With clearway 17.0 16.5 13.0 11.0 16.5 15.5 12.5 16.0 16.0 13.0
Without clearway
‐ Enter the following tables with the corrected weight to determine MTOW then determine takeoff
speeds associated with actual TOW.
CONF 1 + F
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <57.8 57.8 58 59 59 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 54 55 59 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤54 56 58 59 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
129 131 134 135 136 138 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 165 167 168 170
(kt IAS)
VR
125 127 130 131 132 134 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 164 166
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 116 118 121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 148 150
(kt IAS)
CONF 2
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <61.1 61.1 62 62 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 57 62 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 4/12

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

ACTUAL
WEIGHT 57 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 125 128 131 132 134 136 138 140 142 143 145 147 149 150 152 154 156 157 159
(kt IAS)
VR
122 123 126 129 130 132 134 136 138 140 141 143 145 147 148 150 152 154 155 157
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 116 118 120 122 124 126 127 129 131 133 134 136 138 140 141 143
(kt IAS)
CONF 3
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <66 66 68 68 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 60 68 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 139 141 143 144 146 148 149 151 153 155
(kt IAS)
VR
120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 135 137 139 140 142 144 145 147 149 151
(kt IAS)
V1
113 113 113 113 113 115 117 119 120 122 124 125 127 129 130 132 134 136
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 5/12

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A 6.3 MM (1/4 INCH) SLUSH COVERED RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-30-00001787.0056001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway.

‐ Apply the following weight decrement versus takeoff configuration, runway length and clearway
availability to determine a corrected weight.
TAKEOFF
CONF 1 + F CONF 2 CONF 3
CONFIGURATION
4 000 3 000 2 500
RUNWAY LENGTH
2 500 3 000 3 500 13 000 2 000 2 500 10 000 1 750 2 000 8 000
(m)
8 000 10 000 11 500 and 6 500 8 000 and 5 750 6 500 and
(ft)
above above above
Δ Weight (1 000 kg)
12.4 9.2 6.4 6.4 11.6 8.8 6.4 11.5 10.5 6.4
With clearway 10.0 8.0 5.5 5.5 9.0 7.5 5.5 9.0 9.0 5.5
Without clearway
‐ Enter the following tables with the corrected weight to determine MTOW then determine takeoff
speeds associated with actual TOW.
CONF 1 + F
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <60.8 60.8 62 62.7 62.7 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 54 59 62.7 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤54 56 58 60 62 62.7 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
129 131 134 136 138 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 165 167 168 170
(kt IAS)
VR
125 127 130 132 134 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 164 166
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 117 119 121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 139 141 143 144 146
(kt IAS)
CONF 2
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <66 66 68 69 69 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 57 65 69 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 6/12

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤57 58 60 62 64 66 68 69 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 125 128 131 132 134 136 137 138 140 142 143 145 147 149 150 152 154 156 157 159
(kt IAS)
VR
122 123 126 129 130 132 134 135 136 138 140 141 143 145 147 148 150 152 154 155 157
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 116 118 120 121 123 125 127 128 130 132 134 135 137
(kt IAS)
CONF 3
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <68.3 68.3 70 71 71 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 60 67 71 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤60 62 64 66 68 70 71 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 126 128 130 132 134 135 136 138 139 141 143 144 146 148 149 151 153 155
(kt IAS)
VR
120 122 124 126 128 130 131 132 134 135 137 139 140 142 144 145 147 149 151
(kt IAS)
V1
113 113 113 113 113 113 113 114 116 117 119 121 122 124 126 127 129 131 133
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 7/12

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A 12.7 MM (1/2 INCH) SLUSH COVERED RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-30-00001788.0057001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway.

‐ Apply the following weight decrement versus takeoff configuration, runway length and clearway
availability to determine a corrected weight.
TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION CONF 1 + F CONF 2 CONF 3
4 000 3 000 2 500
RUNWAY LENGTH 3 500
2 500 3 000 13 000 2 000 2 500 10 000 1 750 2 000 8 000
(m) 11
8 000 10 000 and 6 500 8 000 and 5 750 6 500 and
(ft) 500
above above above
Weight decrement
(1 000 kg) 15.9 12.7 9.9 6.9 14.6 12.3 8.4 14.0 13.0 8.9
With clearway 13.5 11.5 9.0 6.0 12.0 11.0 7.5 11.5 11.5 8.0
Without clearway
‐ Enter the following tables with the corrected weight to determine MTOW then determine takeoff
speeds associated with actual TOW.
CONF 1 + F
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <56.7 56.7 57.3 57.3 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
(1 000 - 54 57.3 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤54 56 57.3 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
129 131 133 134 136 138 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 165 167 168 170
(kt IAS)
VR
126 128 130 131 133 135 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160 162 164 165 167
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 116 118 120 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 150 152
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 8/12

FCOM D→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

CONF 2
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <61.1 61.1 62 62 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 57 62 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤57 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 125 128 131 132 134 136 138 140 142 143 145 147 149 150 152 154 156 157 159
(kt IAS)
VR
122 123 126 129 130 132 134 136 138 140 141 143 145 147 148 150 152 154 155 157
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 116 118 120 122 124 126 127 129 131 133 134 136 138 140 141 143
(kt IAS)
CONF 3
CORRECTED
WEIGHT <65.3 65.3 66 67 67 to 94
(1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 60 63 67 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤60 62 64 66 67 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 126 128 130 131 132 134 136 138 139 141 143 144 146 148 149 151 153 155
(kt IAS)
VR
120 122 124 126 127 128 130 132 134 135 137 139 140 142 144 145 147 149 151
(kt IAS)
V1
113 113 113 113 113 114 116 118 120 121 123 125 126 128 130 131 133 135 137
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 9/12

FCOM ←D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF FROM A COMPACTED SNOW COVERED RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-30-00001789.0056001 / 25 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

‐ Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway.

‐ Apply the following weight decrement versus takeoff configuration, runway length and clearway
availability to determine a corrected weight.
TAKEOFF
CONF 1 + F CONF 2 CONF 3
CONFIGURATION
4 000 3 000 2 500
RUNWAY LENGTH
2 500 3 000 3 500 13 000 2 000 2 500 10 000 1 750 2 000 8 000
(m)
8 000 10 000 11 500 and 6 500 8 000 and 5 750 6 500 and
(ft)
above above above
Δ Weight (1 000 kg)
7.9 6.7 6.4 6.4 8.1 6.9 6.9 8.0 7.0 6.4
With clearway 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 6.0 5.5 5.5 5.5
Without clearway
‐ Enter the following tables with the corrected weight to determine MTOW then determine takeoff
speeds associated with actual TOW.
CONF 1 + F
CORRECTED
<60.8 60.8 62 62.7 62.7 to 94
WEIGHT (1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 54 59 62.7 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤54 56 58 60 62 62.7 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
129 131 134 136 138 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 165 167 168 170
(kt IAS)
VR
125 127 130 132 134 135 137 139 141 143 145 147 149 151 153 155 157 159 161 163 164 166
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 117 119 121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 137 139 141 143 144 146
(kt IAS)
CONF 2
CORRECTED
<68.3 68.3 70 72 72 to 94
WEIGHT (1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 57 64 72 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 10/12

FCOM E→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤57 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 125 128 131 132 134 136 138 140 142 143 145 147 149 150 152 154 156 157 159
(kt IAS)
VR
122 123 126 129 130 132 134 136 138 140 141 143 145 147 148 150 152 154 155 157
(kt IAS)
V1
115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 115 117 118 120 122 124 125 127 129 131 132 134
(kt IAS)
CONF 3
CORRECTED
<71.371.3 72 74 76 76 to 94
WEIGHT (1 000 kg)
MTOW
- 60 63 71 76 EQUAL TO CORRECTED WEIGHT
(1 000 kg)
ACTUAL
WEIGHT ≤60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94
(1 000 kg)
V2
124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 139 141 143 144 146 148 149 151 153 155
(kt IAS)
VR
121 123 125 127 129 131 133 135 136 138 140 141 143 145 146 148 150 152
(kt IAS)
V1
113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 113 115 117 118 120 122 123 125 127 129
(kt IAS)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 11/12

FCOM ←E 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 P 12/12

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON DRY RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-40-00001790.0320001 / 11 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

DATA
Runway length: 3 000 m, OAT = 36 °C, no wind, CONF 1+F
Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway from RTOW chart (Refer to
PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 DESCRIPTION OF TAKEOFF CHART).

Maximum TOW = 82 800 kg, V1 = 151 kt, VR = 153 kt, V2 = 154 kt.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-40 P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON WET RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-40-00001791.0332001 / 31 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

With no thrust reversers operating and assuming that no clearway was used to compute the dry
RTOW chart, use the table Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF TAKEOFF CHART.

• Maximum takeoff weight correction :

MTOW = 82 800 - 1 000 = 81 800 kg, V1 = 151 - 15 = 136 kt, VR = 153 - 4 = 149 kt, V2 = 154 - 4 =
150 kt.
• Flex temperature correction :
Assuming an actual takeoff weight of 75 000 kg and an initial flex temperature of 47 °C
TOW = 75 000 kg ⇒ Flex temperature = 47 - 3 = 44 °C
V1 = 149 - 15 = 134 kt, VR = 150 - 4 = 146 kt, V2 = 151 - 4 = 147 kt.
Check the resulting speeds against the minimum speeds as per procedure Refer to
PER-TOF-CTA-40-20 HOW TO PROCEED.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-40 P 2/4

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE ON RUNWAY COVERED WITH 1/2 INCH SLUSH

Ident.: PER-TOF-CTA-40-40-00001793.0114001 / 11 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

DATA
Runway length 3 000 m (no clearway), OAT = 5 °C, no wind, CONF 1 + F
Determine maximum takeoff weight on dry runway (Refer to PER-TOF-TOC-10-30 EXAMPLE OF
TAKEOFF CHART)

Maximum takeoff weight on dry runway = 88 600 kg

Determine a corrected weight (Refer to PER-TOF-CTA-40-30 TAKEOFF FROM A 12.7 MM (1/2
INCH) SLUSH COVERED RUNWAY). As no clearway, use the correction diplayed on the second
line (without clearway).

Corrected weight = 88 600 – 11 500 = 77 100 kg

Determine maximum takeoff weight and associated speeds :

MTOW = 77 100 kg
V1 = 136 kt, VR = 152 kt, V2 = 155 kt

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-40 P 3/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
TAKEOFF
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-TOF-CTA-40-40 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

FLIGHT PLANNING
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-FPL-GEN GENERAL
PER-FPL-GEN-MFR MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS
MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS.......................................................................................... A

PER-FPL-GEN-FPL FLIGHT PLAN

FLIGHT PLAN..........................................................................................................................................................A

PER-FPL-FLP FLIGHT PREPARATION

PER-FPL-FLP-QFP QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-10 INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................................A

PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-20 CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE LANDING

WEIGHT
CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE LANDING WEIGHT........................................................ A

PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30 EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 FLIGHT PLANNING AT A GIVEN MACH NUMBER

FLIGHT PLANNING M.78....................................................................................................................................... A

PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 FLIGHT PLANNING AT LONG RANGE SPEED

FLIGHT PLANNING LRC........................................................................................................................................ A

PER-FPL-FLP-ALN ALTERNATE
PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT......................................................................... B
ALTERNATE PLANNING ISA................................................................................................................................. C

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Ident.: PER-FPL-GEN-MFR-00001837.0002001 / 08 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The total fuel quantity required to fly a given sector is the sum of the following quantities:
TAXI FUEL
Quantity required for startup and taxi. Fuel calculation is based on a consumption of 13.5 kg/min or
30 lb/min
Average quantity (12 min) → 160 kg or 360 lb
TRIP FUEL
Fuel required from departure to destination includes the following quantities:
‐ Takeoff and climb at selected speed.
‐ Cruise at selected speed.
‐ Descent from cruising level to 1 500 ft above destination airport.
‐ Approach and landing. Fuel calculation is based on a consumption of 23 kg/min or 50 lb/min
Average quantity (6 min IFR) →140 kg or 310 lb
RESERVE FUEL
This quantity includes :
“EN ROUTE” RESERVE FUEL (CONTINGENCY FUEL)
• According to national regulations and company policy (generally based on a percentage of
trip fuel).
ALTERNATE FUEL
Fuel required to fly from destination to alternate airport.
It includes go-around 120 kg or 270 lb, climb to cruising level, cruise at long range speed,
descent and approach procedure.
100 kg or 220 lb for 4 min VFR
HOLDING FUEL
Calculation of holding fuel should take into account the altitude of the alternate and the landing
weight at the alternate. To use holding charts Refer to PER-HLD-GEN GENERAL.
A conservative quantity corresponding to a 30 min holding at 1 500 ft above alternate airport
elevation at “green dot” speed in the clean configuration is 1 450 kg or 3 200 lb

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-GEN-MFR P 1/2

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

APU FUEL
During ground operations, APU fuel consumption is about 130 kg/h or 290 lb/h (Packs ON,
90 KVA load on APU GEN).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-GEN-MFR P 2/2

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - FLIGHT PLAN
OPERATING MANUAL

FLIGHT PLAN
Ident.: PER-FPL-GEN-FPL-00001835.0001001 / 22 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

When no precalculated flight plan is available, flight planning can be determined by using the tables
given in this chapter.
Fuel policy will be the same as for precalculated flight plan.
The graph on the following page defines the different terms used in this chapter.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-GEN-FPL P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - FLIGHT PLAN
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-GEN-FPL P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-10-00001827.0032002 / 12 JUL 12
Applicable to: ALL

The following flight planning tables allow the planner to determine trip fuel consumption and trip time
required to cover a given air distance.
These tables are established for:
‐ Takeoff
‐ Climb profile 250 kt/300 kt/M 0.78
‐ Cruise Mach number M 0.78/LR
‐ Descent profile M 0.78/300 kt/250 kt
‐ Approach and landing 140 kg - 6 min IFR
‐ ISA
‐ CG = 33 %
‐ Normal air conditioning
‐ Anti ice OFF
They are based upon a reference landing weight of 60 000 kg.
Note: 1. In the tables, the asterisk (*) means that a step climb of 4 000 ft must be flown to reach
the corresponding FL.
2. To obtain a flight plan at optimum cruise level, the highest flight level desired within the
flight has to be selected in the table.
3. For each degree Celcius above ISA temperature apply fuel correction 0.015 (kg/°C/NM)
× ΔISA (°C) × Air Distance (NM).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE LANDING WEIGHT

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE LANDING WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-20-00001828.0001001 / 03 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The fuel consumption must be corrected when the actual landing weight is different from the
reference landing weight.
If it is lower (or greater) than the reference landing weight, subtract (or add) the value given in the
correction part of the table per 1 000 kg below (or above) the reference landing weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30 P 1/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30-00001829.0032001 / 03 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The following is an example of a complete flight plan based on the assumptions:

‐ Zero fuel weight: 65 000 kg = landing weight at alternate airport
‐ Cruise M .78 at FL 370
‐ Ground distance from departure to destination: 1 800 nm
‐ Average wind during flight: -40 kt (headwind)
‐ ISA conditions
‐ “En route” reserve: 5 %
‐ Ground distance from destination to alternate: 200 nm, no wind at FL 200
To calculate the flight plan, a reverse calculation is needed, i.e. start with the landing weight at
alternate (the schematic Refer to PER-FPL-GEN-FPL FLIGHT PLAN gives an overview of the
calculation to be performed).
1. Alternate fuel and time
‐ Refer to PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 ALTERNATE PLANNING ISA ;
Alternate time : 38 min
Alternate fuel : 1 725 + 9 × (65 – 60) = 1 770 kg
2. Holding fuel and time
‐ A 30 min holding is assumed at 1 500 ft. (Refer to PER-HLD-HLD CONF 0 - GREEN DOT
SPEED), holding fuel = 1 305 kg
3. At destination, the landing weight = 65 000 + 1 770 + 1 305 = 68 075 kg
4. Evaluation of the air distance between departure and destination.
‐ The “Ground distance/Air distance” conversion table (Refer to PER-OPD-CON-AEO M.78)
shows that the corresponding air distance is: 1 975 nm.
5. Trip fuel and time
‐ Enter air distance and flight level 370 (Refer to PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 FLIGHT PLANNING
M.78), read the corresponding values of fuel consumption and time, for the reference landing
weight and without deviation from ISA.
Fuel : 11 299 kg
Time = 4 h 37 min
‐ Correction for landing weight
Δ fuel : 149 × (68.075 – 60) = 1 204 kg
consumption

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30 P 2/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

Trip reserves : 0.05 × (11 299 + 1 204) = 626 kg

(5 %)
6. Taxi fuel = 160 kg (Refer to PER-FPL-GEN-MFR MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL
REQUIREMENTS)
7. Total fuel on board (Block fuel) :
11 299 + 1 204 + 626 + 1 305 + 1 770 + 160 = 16 364 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30 P 3/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-30 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

FLIGHT PLANNING AT A GIVEN MACH NUMBER

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 1/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

FLIGHT PLANNING M.78

Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40-00001830.0019001 / 25 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 2/6

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 3/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 4/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 5/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-40 P 6/6

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

FLIGHT PLANNING AT LONG RANGE SPEED

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 1/6

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

FLIGHT PLANNING LRC

Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50-00001831.0019001 / 17 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 2/6

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 3/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 4/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 5/6

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - QUICK DETERMINATION OF FLIGHT PLANNING
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-QFP-50 P 6/6

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - ALTERNATE
OPERATING MANUAL

ALL ENGINES OPERATIVE

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20-00001832.0010001 / 02 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The alternate planning tables enable the flight crew to determine the fuel consumption and time
required to cover a given air distance from go-around at destination airport to landing at alternate
airport.
These tables are established for:
‐ Go-around: 120 kg or 270 lb
‐ Climb profile: 250 kt/300 kt/M .78
‐ Long range speed
‐ Descent profile: M .78/300 kt/250 kt
‐ Approach and landing at alternate airport: 100 kg or 220 lb (4 min)
‐ ISA
‐ CG = 33 %
‐ Normal air conditioning
‐ Anti ice OFF
Note: 1. In the tables, the asterisk (*) means that a step climb of 4 000 ft must be flown to reach
the corresponding flight level.
2. The flight level shown on the top of each column is the final flight level.
3. For each degree Celsius above ISA temperature apply a fuel correction of
0.015 (kg/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air distance (NM)
or 0.033 (lb/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air distance (NM)

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20-00001834.0001001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

The alternate planning tables are based on a reference landing weight at alternate.
The fuel consumption must be corrected when the landing weight is different from the reference
landing weight.
If it is lower (or greater) than the reference weight, subtract (or add) the value given in the correction
part of the table per 1 000 kg or 1 000 lb below (or above) the reference weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 P 1/4

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - ALTERNATE
OPERATING MANUAL

ALTERNATE PLANNING ISA

Ident.: PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20-00001833.0016001 / 02 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 P 2/4

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - ALTERNATE
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 P 3/4

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
FLIGHT PLANNING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW FLIGHT PREPARATION - ALTERNATE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-FPL-FLP-ALN-20 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

CLIMB
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-CLB-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-CLB-CLT CLIMB TABLES

CLIMB - ISA +10..................................................................................................................................................... A
CLIMB - ISA +20..................................................................................................................................................... B

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-CLB-GEN-00001982.0001001 / 15 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

Climb tables are established at MAX CLIMB THRUST with air conditioning in normal mode and anti
ice OFF.
The climb speed profile is :
‐ 250 kt from 1 500 ft up to FL 100
‐ acceleration from 250 kt to 300 kt
‐ climb at 300 kt then M .78 up to selected altitude.
All charts are established with a center of gravity corresponding to 33 %.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CLIMB TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

CLIMB - ISA +10

Ident.: PER-CLB-CLT-00001987.0016001 / 15 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-CLT P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CLIMB TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-CLT P 2/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CLIMB TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

CLIMB - ISA +20

Ident.: PER-CLB-CLT-00001989.0016001 / 15 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-CLT P 3/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CLIMB
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CLIMB TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CLB-CLT P 4/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

CRUISE
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-CRZ-ALT ALTITUDE
PER-CRZ-ALT-10 OPTIMUM AND MAXIMUM ALTITUDES
DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A

PER-CRZ-ALT-20 WIND ALTITUDE TRADE FOR CONSTANT SPECIFIC RANGE

WIND ALTITUDE TRADE FOR CONSTANT SPECIFIC RANGE.......................................................................... A

PER-CRZ-CRT CRUISE TABLES

PER-CRZ-CRT-10 GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-CRZ-CRT-20 CRUISE AT M.78

CRUISE - M.78 - ISA.............................................................................................................................................. A
CRUISE - M.78 - ISA+20........................................................................................................................................ B

PER-CRZ-CRT-30 CRUISE AT LONG RANGE

LONG RANGE CRUISE - ISA ............................................................................................................................... A
LONG RANGE CRUISE - ISA+20.......................................................................................................................... B

PER-CRZ-ICQ IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK

PER-CRZ-ICQ-10 GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT......................................................................... B

PER-CRZ-ICQ-20 EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE................................................................................................................................................................ A

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - OPTIMUM AND MAXIMUM ALTITUDES
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PER-CRZ-ALT-10-00001995.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

• Optimum altitude : the altitude at which the airplane covers the maximum distance per kilogram
(pound) of fuel (best specific range). It depends on the actual weight and the deviation from ISA.
• Maximum altitude is defined as the lower of:
‐ maximum altitude at maximum cruise thrust in level flight and
‐ maximum altitude at maximum climb thrust with 300 ft/min vertical speed.
Refer to QRH/PER-G Optimum & Maximum Altitudes.
These charts have been established for a center of gravity at 33 % MAC.
Maximum and optimum altitudes are given for different temperatures at long range speed and
M 0.78.
Note: 1. The n = 1.3 g (n = 1.4 g) curve indicates the buffet margin.
2. Definition of the maximum altitude in the FMGC is different (Refer to DSC-22_20-50-10
MCDU).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ALT-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - OPTIMUM AND MAXIMUM ALTITUDES
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ALT-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - WIND ALTITUDE TRADE FOR CONSTANT SPECIFIC RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

WIND ALTITUDE TRADE FOR CONSTANT SPECIFIC RANGE

Ident.: PER-CRZ-ALT-20-00001998.0011001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

GIVEN : Weight : 75 000 kg (165 300 lb)

Wind at FL 350 : 10 kt head
FIND : Minimum wind difference to descend to FL 310 : (27 - 2) = 25 kt
RESULTS : Descent to FL 310 may be considered provided the tail wind at this altitude is more
than (25 - 10) = 15 kt.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ALT-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - WIND ALTITUDE TRADE FOR CONSTANT SPECIFIC RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ALT-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-CRZ-CRT-10-00004112.0002001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

Cruise tables are established:

‐ for ISA and ISA + 20
‐ with normal air conditioning and anti ice OFF
‐ from FL 290 to FL 390 at M 0.78
‐ from FL 100 to FL 390 at long range speed
‐ with a 33 % center of gravity.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT M.78
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - M.78 - ISA

Ident.: PER-CRZ-CRT-20-00002005.0018001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT M.78
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - M.78 - ISA+20

Ident.: PER-CRZ-CRT-20-00002015.0019001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-20 P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT LONG RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

LONG RANGE CRUISE - ISA

Ident.: PER-CRZ-CRT-30-00002018.0019001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-30 P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT LONG RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-30 P 2/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT LONG RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

LONG RANGE CRUISE - ISA+20

Ident.: PER-CRZ-CRT-30-00002033.0019001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-30 P 3/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - CRUISE AT LONG RANGE
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-CRT-30 P 4/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-CRZ-ICQ-10-00002036.0004001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

In cruise quick check tables (Refer to QRH/PER-G In Cruise Quick Check at a Given Mach Number)
allow the flight crew to determine the fuel consumption and the time required to cover a given air
distance from any moment in cruise to land.
These tables are established for:
‐ Cruise Mach number: M 0.78/LR
‐ Descent profile: M 0.78/300 kt/250 kt
‐ Approach and landing: 140 kg or 310 lb -6 min IMC
‐ ISA
‐ CG = 33 %
‐ Normal air conditioning
‐ Anti ice OFF
Note: 1. In the tables, the asterisk “*” means that a step climb of 4 000 ft has been made to reach
the corresponding flight level.
2. The flight level shown on the top of each column is the final flight level.
3. For each degree celsius above ISA apply a fuel correction of
0.005 (kg/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air Distance (NM)
or 0.011 (lb/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air Distance (NM)

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-CRZ-ICQ-10-00002039.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

The in cruise quick check tables are based on a reference initial weight.
The fuel consumption must be corrected when the actual weight is different from the reference initial
weight.
If it is lower (or greater) than the reference weight, subtract (or add) the value given in the correction
part of the table per 1 000 kg or 1 000 lb below (or above) the reference weight.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-10 P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - EXAMPLE
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-CRZ-ICQ-20-00014741.0001001 / 26 NOV 14
Applicable to: ALL

The following data and graphs are for example only, and are not for operational use. Even if the data
in the following example is in “kg” and “m”, the same method can be applied for “lb” and “ft”.
In-cruise quick check with cruise at M.78
FL 370
Actual cruise weight : 55 000 kg
Remaining ground distance : 800 nm
ISA +10
Average wind during flight : -40 kt (head wind)
‐ Evaluation of air distance to be covered
• Use the “Ground Distance/Air Distance” conversion table (Refer to PER-OPD-CON-AEO M.78)
AIR DISTANCE (NM) - M.78
GROUND TAILWIND WIND COMPONENTS (KT) HEADWIND
DIST. (NM) +150 +100 +50 0 -50 -100 -150
10 7 8 9 10 11 13 15
20 15 16 18 20 23 26 30
30 22 25 27 30 34 39 45
40 30 33 36 40 45 51 60
50 37 41 45 50 56 64 75
100 75 82 90 100 113 129 150
200 150 164 180 200 225 257 300
300 225 245 270 300 338 386 450
400 300 327 360 400 450 514 600
500 375 409 450 500 563 643 750
1000 750 818 900 1000 1125 1286 1501
1500 1125 1227 1350 1500 1688 1929 2251
2000 1500 1636 1800 2000 2250 2572 3001
2500 1875 2045 2250 2500 2813 3215 3752
3000 2250 2454 2700 3000 3375 3858 4502
3500 2624 2863 3150 3500 3938 4501 5252
4000 2999 3272 3600 4000 4500 5144 6003
4500 3374 3681 4050 4500 5063 5787 6753
5000 3749 4090 4500 5000 5626 6430 7503

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-20 P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - EXAMPLE
OPERATING MANUAL

The corresponding air distance is : 880 nm

‐ Determination of the fuel consumption and time for the reference initial weight in cruise.
• Enter table (Refer to QRH/PER-G In Cruise Quick Check at a Given Mach Number) with an air
distance of 880 nm and FL 370 for ISA.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-20 P 2/4

FCOM ←A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - EXAMPLE
OPERATING MANUAL

Fuel consumption : 4 053 kg

Time needed : 2 h 07 min
‐ Correction due to real in cruise weight of 55 000 kg
Δ fuel consumption : -51 kg per 1 000 kg below reference
Δ fuel : -51 × (60 - 55) = -255 kg
‐ Temperature correction :
Δ fuel consumption : +0.005 kg per 1 °above ISA and per 1 nm Air distance
Δ fuel : +0.005 × 10 × 880 = 44 kg
RESULT
Fuel : 4 053 - 255 + 44 = 3 842 kg
Time : 2 h 07 min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-20 P 3/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
CRUISE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - EXAMPLE
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-CRZ-ICQ-20 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

HOLDING
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-HLD-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-HLD-HLD HOLDING TABLES

CONF 0 - GREEN DOT SPEED.............................................................................................................................A

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-HLD-GEN-00002129.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

Holding table contains information about the total fuel flow that allows the flight crew to plan holding
and reserve fuel requirements.
It is established for flight in a race track holding pattern in clean configuration at green dot speed.
This chart is established with air conditioning in normal mode and the center of gravity at 33 %.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW HOLDING TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

CONF 0 - GREEN DOT SPEED

Ident.: PER-HLD-HLD-00002146.0018001 / 16 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-HLD P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
HOLDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW HOLDING TABLES
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-HLD-HLD P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

DESCENT
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-DES-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-DES-STD STANDARD
DESCENT- M.78/300KT/250KT...............................................................................................................................A

PER-DES-EMG EMERGENCY
EMERGENCY DESCENT - M.82/350KT................................................................................................................ A

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-DES-GEN-00002131.0001001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

Descent tables are established for normal descent speed M .78 / 300 kt /250 kt and emergency
descent at MMO/VMO with airbrakes extended, down to 1 500 ft with :
• Normal air conditioning
• CG = 33 %
• Anti ice OFF
For normal descent, cabin vertical speed is limited to 350 ft/min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW STANDARD
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCENT- M.78/300KT/250KT
Ident.: PER-DES-STD-00002133.0032001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-STD P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW STANDARD
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-STD P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW EMERGENCY
OPERATING MANUAL

EMERGENCY DESCENT - M.82/350KT

Ident.: PER-DES-EMG-00002134.0015001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-EMG P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
DESCENT
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW EMERGENCY
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-DES-EMG P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

GO AROUND
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-GOA-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................................... B

PER-GOA-ACG APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT

PER-GOA-ACG-NOR NORMAL
CONF 2....................................................................................................................................................................A
CONF 3....................................................................................................................................................................B

PER-GOA-ACG-CAT CAT II
CAT II - CONF 2..................................................................................................................................................... A
CAT II - CONF 3..................................................................................................................................................... B

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-GOA-GEN-00002140.0002001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

In the go around configuration corresponding to the all engine procedure, the minimum steady
gradient one engine inoperative required by the regulations is 2.1 % at a speed not exceeding 1.4
Vs. This requirement is also called approach climb performance by regulations.
The following graph allow to determine the go around limiting weight which satisfies the required
gradient with the certified go around configurations 3 and 2.
The required gradient of 2.1 % is considered at the airport reference altitude. The power setting
is “GO AROUND” thrust with the air conditioning ON. The speed is 1.23 Vs of the specified
configuration. For the occasional cases where approach climb performance is found restrictive, a
correction is given for an increased speed, up to 1.4 Vs.
Note: Landing climb performance (2 engines running) is never limiting.

PROCEDURE
Ident.: PER-GOA-GEN-00002141.0003001 / 28 FEB 14
Applicable to: ALL

According to airport pressure altitude and temperature determine if the slats/flaps setting must be
restricted as a function of the landing weight, in order to meet the go around gradient requirement of
2.1 %.
Establish the final approach configuration with one more step of flaps. If the approach is interrupted,
retract the flaps by one step during the go-around.
In case of category II approach, JAR-OPS requires a regulatory approach climb gradient of 2.5 % to
be maintained.
Use the tables for CAT II approach to determine the maximum approach climb limiting weight
according to airport pressure altitude and temperature.
Note: 1. If circumstances dictate, landing may be made at a weight corresponding to the
maximum structural takeoff weight. (Refer to PRO-ABN-80 OVERWEIGHT LANDING).
2. When icing conditions are predicted during the flight and TAT is 10 °C or below and there
is an evidence of significant ice accretion, to take into account ice formation on the non
heated structure :
‐ decrease the approach climb limiting weight by 7.3 %.
‐ in CONF FULL, the approach speed must not be lower than VREF +5 kt.
or
in CONF 3, the approach speed must not be lower than VLS +10 kt.
For Landing Performance assessment, refer to QRH PER-C.
3. In the following tables corrections for anti ice are only valid for OAT lower than 10 °C.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-GEN P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-GEN P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT - NORMAL
OPERATING MANUAL

CONF 2
Ident.: PER-GOA-ACG-NOR-00002142.0025001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (1000 KG) - CONF 2

ONE ENGINE OUT High Air Conditioning Gradient : 2.1 %
ONE ENGINE AT GO AROUND THRUST Anti Ice OFF V = 1.23 Vs
OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
(°C) -2000 -1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 5000 9200 12000 14100
≤10 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.1 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 91.2 82.5 70.0 62.6 57.6
20 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.0 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 91.2 82.5 69.7 62.0 57.5
22 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.1 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 91.2 82.2 69.5 61.7 57.4
24 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.1 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 91.2 81.8 69.0 61.4
26 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.1 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 91.2 81.2 68.3 61.0
28 95.5 95.7 95.3 95.0 94.8 94.4 94.0 93.5 90.0 80.2 67.5
30 95.5 95.7 95.3 94.8 94.2 93.6 92.9 92.2 88.6 79.3 66.7
32 95.5 95.7 94.0 93.4 92.9 92.3 91.6 90.8 87.3 78.1 65.8
34 95.5 95.7 92.6 92.1 91.5 90.9 90.2 89.5 86.0 76.9 64.9
36 95.5 94.2 91.3 90.7 90.2 89.5 88.8 88.1 84.7 75.6 64.0
38 95.5 92.7 89.8 89.3 88.7 88.1 87.4 86.7 83.3 74.3
40 94.0 91.3 88.4 87.8 87.3 86.7 86.0 85.3 81.9 73.1
42 92.7 89.9 87.0 86.4 85.9 85.3 84.6 83.9 80.6 71.7
44 91.2 88.4 85.5 85.0 84.4 83.8 83.1 82.5 79.1 70.4
46 89.8 87.0 83.9 83.4 82.9 82.3 81.6 80.9 77.7
48 88.4 85.3 82.3 81.8 81.3 80.7 80.0 79.4 76.3
50 86.6 83.5 80.7 80.2 79.7 79.2 78.5 77.9 74.9
52 84.5 81.6 79.2 78.7 78.2 77.6 77.0 76.4
54 82.4 79.9 77.6 77.1 76.6
55 81.5 79.1 76.9
CORRECTIONS AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE ANTI ICE TOTAL ANTI ICE SPEED
OFF ON ON INCREASE
(PER 0.01 Vs)
WEIGHT + 940 kg No correction - 1700 kg + 300 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-ACG-NOR P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT - NORMAL
OPERATING MANUAL

CONF 3
Ident.: PER-GOA-ACG-NOR-00002143.0025001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (1000 KG) - CONF 3

ONE ENGINE OUT High Air Conditioning Gradient : 2.1 %
ONE ENGINE AT GO AROUND THRUST Anti Ice OFF V = 1.23 Vs
OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
(°C) -2000 -1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 5000 9200 12000 14100
≤10 91.3 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.4 87.2 78.7 66.7 59.7 54.9
20 91.2 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.4 87.1 78.7 66.4 59.1 54.8
22 91.3 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.3 87.2 78.3 66.2 58.8 54.7
24 91.2 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.3 87.2 77.9 65.8 58.5
26 91.2 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.3 87.2 77.3 65.1 58.2
28 91.2 91.5 91.2 90.9 90.6 90.2 89.8 89.3 86.0 76.5 64.4
30 91.2 91.5 91.2 90.6 90.1 89.5 88.8 88.1 84.7 75.6 63.6
32 91.2 91.5 89.9 89.3 88.8 88.2 87.5 86.8 83.4 74.6 62.8
34 91.2 91.5 88.5 88.0 87.4 86.9 86.2 85.5 82.1 73.3 61.9
36 91.2 90.0 87.2 86.7 86.2 85.6 84.9 84.2 80.9 72.1 61.1
38 91.2 88.6 85.9 85.3 84.8 84.2 83.6 82.9 79.6 70.9
40 89.9 87.2 84.5 84.0 83.5 82.9 82.2 81.6 78.3 69.7
42 88.6 85.9 83.2 82.6 82.1 81.6 80.9 80.2 77.0 68.5
44 87.2 84.6 81.8 81.3 80.8 80.2 79.5 78.9 75.6 67.3
46 85.9 83.2 80.3 79.8 79.3 78.7 78.0 77.4 74.3
48 84.5 81.6 78.7 78.2 77.7 77.2 76.5 75.9 72.9
50 82.9 79.8 77.2 76.7 76.2 75.7 75.1 74.5 71.5
52 80.8 78.0 75.7 75.2 74.8 74.2 73.6 73.1
54 78.8 76.5 74.3 73.8 73.3
55 77.9 75.7 73.5
CORRECTIONS AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE ANTI ICE TOTAL ANTI ICE SPEED
OFF ON ON INCREASE
(PER 0.01 Vs)
WEIGHT + 760 kg No correction - 1600 kg + 150 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-ACG-NOR P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT - CAT II
OPERATING MANUAL

CAT II - CONF 2
Ident.: PER-GOA-ACG-CAT-00002144.0036001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (1000 KG) - CONF 2 - CAT II

ONE ENGINE OUT High Air Conditioning Gradient : 2.5 %
ONE ENGINE AT GO AROUND THRUST Anti Ice OFF
OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
(°C) -2000 -1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 5000 9200 12000 14100
≤10 93.3 93.6 93.2 93.0 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 89.3 80.8 68.7 61.5 56.7
20 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.9 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 89.2 80.8 68.4 60.9 56.5
22 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.9 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 89.2 80.5 68.2 60.6 56.5
24 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.9 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 89.2 80.1 67.7 60.3
26 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.9 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 89.2 79.5 67.0 60.0
28 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.9 92.7 92.3 91.9 91.5 88.0 78.6 66.3
30 93.3 93.6 93.2 92.7 92.2 91.6 90.9 90.2 86.7 77.7 65.5
32 93.3 93.6 91.9 91.4 90.9 90.3 89.6 88.9 85.4 76.6 64.6
34 93.3 93.6 90.6 90.1 89.5 88.9 88.2 87.6 84.2 75.3 63.8
36 93.3 92.1 89.3 88.8 88.2 87.6 86.9 86.3 82.9 74.1 62.9
38 93.3 90.6 87.9 87.3 86.8 86.2 85.5 84.9 81.5 72.8
40 91.9 89.2 86.5 85.9 85.4 84.8 84.1 83.5 80.2 71.6
42 90.6 87.9 85.1 84.5 84.0 83.4 82.8 82.1 78.9 70.3
44 89.2 86.5 83.7 83.1 82.6 82.1 81.4 80.7 77.5 69.0
46 87.8 85.1 82.1 81.6 81.1 80.5 79.9 79.2 76.1
48 86.4 83.5 80.6 80.1 79.6 79.0 78.4 77.7 74.7
50 84.8 81.7 79.0 78.5 78.0 77.5 76.9 76.3 73.4
52 82.7 79.9 77.5 77.0 76.5 76.0 75.4 74.8
54 80.7 78.3 76.0 75.5 75.0
55 79.8 77.5 75.3
CORRECTIONS AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE ANTI ICE TOTAL ANTI ICE
OFF ON ON
WEIGHT + 920 kg No correction - 1600 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-ACG-CAT P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
GO AROUND
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT - CAT II
OPERATING MANUAL

CAT II - CONF 3
Ident.: PER-GOA-ACG-CAT-00002145.0036001 / 27 JAN 15
Applicable to: ALL

APPROACH CLIMB LIMITING WEIGHT (1000 KG) - CONF 3 - CAT II

ONE ENGINE OUT High Air Conditioning Gradient : 2.5 %
ONE ENGINE AT GO AROUND THRUST Anti Ice OFF
OAT PRESSURE ALTITUDE (FT)
(°C) -2000 -1000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 5000 9200 12000 14100
≤10 89.0 89.3 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 85.1 76.8 65.2 58.4 53.8
20 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 85.0 76.8 64.9 57.9 53.6
22 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 85.0 76.5 64.8 57.6 53.6
24 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 85.0 76.1 64.3 57.3
26 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 85.0 75.5 63.7 56.9
28 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.7 88.4 88.0 87.6 87.2 83.9 74.7 63.0
30 89.0 89.2 88.9 88.4 87.9 87.3 86.7 86.0 82.7 73.8 62.2
32 89.0 89.2 87.7 87.2 86.6 86.1 85.4 84.7 81.4 72.8 61.4
34 89.0 89.2 86.4 85.9 85.4 84.8 84.1 83.5 80.2 71.6 60.6
36 89.0 87.9 85.1 84.6 84.1 83.5 82.9 82.2 79.0 70.5 59.8
38 89.0 86.4 83.8 83.3 82.8 82.2 81.6 80.9 77.7 69.3
40 87.7 85.1 82.5 82.0 81.5 80.9 80.3 79.6 76.4 68.2
42 86.4 83.9 81.2 80.7 80.2 79.6 79.0 78.3 75.1 67.0
44 85.1 82.6 79.8 79.4 78.9 78.3 77.6 77.0 73.9 65.7
46 83.8 81.2 78.4 77.9 77.4 76.8 76.2 75.5 72.5
48 82.5 79.7 76.9 76.4 75.9 75.3 74.7 74.1 71.2
50 80.9 78.0 75.3 74.9 74.4 73.9 73.3 72.7 69.9
52 78.9 76.2 73.9 73.5 73.0 72.5 71.9 71.3
54 76.9 74.6 72.5 72.0 71.6
55 76.1 73.9 71.8
CORRECTIONS AIR CONDITIONING ENGINE ANTI ICE TOTAL ANTI ICE
OFF ON ON
WEIGHT + 740 kg No correction - 1600 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-GOA-ACG-CAT P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

LANDING
Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-LDG-GEN GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
DISPATCH............................................................................................................................................................... B
Use of the Autobrake System................................................................................................................................. C

PER-LDG-CTA RUNWAY CONTAMINATION

PER-LDG-CTA-10 GENERAL
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A

PER-LDG-CTA-20 DEFINITIONS
DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................................................................................A
EQUIVALENCES..................................................................................................................................................... B

PER-LDG-DIS DISPATCH
PER-LDG-DIS-MAT Runway Condition Assessment Matrix for Landing
Runway Condition Assessment Matrix....................................................................................................................A

PER-LDG-DIS-RLD REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES / MANUAL LANDING

RLD CONF FULL.................................................................................................................................................... A
RLD CONF 3........................................................................................................................................................... B
Example................................................................................................................................................................... C

PER-LDG-DIS-RLA REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES

AUTOMATIC LANDING ON DRY RUNWAY.......................................................................................................... A

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LDG-GEN-00013287.0001001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCE (RLD) AT DISPATCH

The RLD is the regulatory reference to be used for dispatch landing performance computation.
The RLD is the factored certified landing distance based on:
‐ Maximum manual braking initiated immediately after main gear touchdown
‐ Prompt selection of max reverse thrust, maintained to 70kt, and idle thrust to full stop (when
credit is used)
‐ Antiskid and all spoilers operative
‐ The regulatory dispatch factor.
MANUAL LANDING
CONTAMINATED RUNWAY
If the surface is contaminated, EU-OPS operators must use the longer of the RLD for wet
runway and the RLD for the applicable contaminant for dispatch.
AUTOMATIC LANDING
The RLD for automatic landing is defined as the RLD in manual landing corrected with the
increment given in AFM. These increments assume maximum manual braking from main gear
touchdown.
IN-FLIGHT LANDING DISTANCE
The flight crew should use the Landing Distances published in the QRH as the reference
for In-Flight landing performance computation. The In-Flight Landing Distances reflect the
performance achievable in a typical operational landing without margin, assuming realistic airborne
phase from threshold to touchdown and deceleration on ground to full stop.
The In-Flight Landing Distances consider:
‐ Touchdown within the touchdown zone
‐ Maximum manual braking initiated immediately after main gear touchdown
‐ Normal system delays in braking activation in case of autobrake
‐ Prompt selection of max reverse thrust, maintained to 70kt, and idle thrust to full stop (when
credit is used)
‐ Antiskid and all spoilers operative.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-GEN P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

FACTORED IN-FLIGHT LANDING DISTANCE

The flight crew should apply an appropriate margin to the In-Flight Landing Distances published
in the QRH to account for operational variability (e.g. in wind and runway condition reporting) and
flying technique (e.g. speed and height above threshold, flare).
This factor should account for:
‐ The Applicable Regulations
‐ The Airline Policy
‐ The discretion of the Pilot.
The Factored In-Flight Landing Distance may in some cases, and in particular on contaminated
runway, exceed the RLD considered at dispatch.
The requirements for dispatch remain unchanged and are based on the RLD. However, when
arrival conditions are expected to be marginal it is recommended to make a preliminary calculation
of In-Flight Landing Distance or Factored In-Flight Landing Distance at dispatch in order to
nominate suitable destination alternates.

DISPATCH
Ident.: PER-LDG-GEN-00013288.0001001 / 18 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The pilot must check before departure that the available runway length at destination is at least equal
to the required landing distance for the forecasted landing weight.
In case of aircraft system failure affecting landing distance known before the dispatch, the available
runway length must be at least equal to the required landing distance with failure, i.e. the required
landing distance without failure multiplied by the coefficient given in the Flight Manual or the MMEL.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-GEN P 2/4

FCOM ← A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

USE OF THE AUTOBRAKE SYSTEM

Ident.: PER-LDG-GEN-00012045.0001001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

The autobrake system is designed to help the pilot in case of :

‐ aborted takeoff or
‐ landing on short runways or
‐ operation with low visibility weather conditions
Furthermore, it ensures a straight roll-out and optimizes the landing distance on contaminated
runways provided the contamination is evenly distributed.
At landing, select the braking mode according to :
‐ runway length
‐ configuration
‐ runway condition

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-GEN P 3/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-GEN P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-LDG-CTA-10-00013002.0001001 / 21 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL

This section presents the recommendations of Airbus for operations from wet runways or from
runways which are covered with contaminants such as standing water, slush or snow.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-CTA-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-CTA-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - DEFINITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

DEFINITIONS
Ident.: PER-LDG-CTA-20-00013004.0001001 / 22 MAY 13
Applicable to: ALL

DAMP : A runway is damp when the surface is not dry, but when the water on it
does not give it a shiny appearance.
WET : A runway is considered as wet when the surface has a shiny
appearance due to a thin layer of water. When this layer does not
exceed 3 mm depth, there is no substantial risk of hydroplaning.
STANDING WATER : is caused by heavy rainfall and/or insufficient runway drainage with a
depth of more than 3 mm.
SLUSH : is water saturated with snow which spatters when stepping firmly on
it. It is encountered at temperatures around 5 °C and its density is
approximately 0.85 kg/l (7.1 lb/US Gal).
WET SNOW : is a condition where, if compacted by hand, snow will stick together
and tend to form a snowball. Its density is approximately 0.4 kg/l
(3.35 lb/US Gal).
DRY SNOW : is a condition where snow can be blown if loose, or if compacted by
hand, will fall apart again upon release. Its density is approximately
0.2 kg/l (1.7 lb/US Gal).
COMPACTED SNOW : is a condition where snow has been compressed.
ICY : is a condition where the friction coefficient is 0.05 or below.

EQUIVALENCES
Ident.: PER-LDG-CTA-20-00014917.0001001 / 21 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL

For the below-listed reported contaminants, the following equivalent runway conditions can be
retained for the landing performance determination.
Reported contaminant
Equivalent Runway Condition
Type of contaminant Depth of contaminant
Slush ≤ 3 mm (1/8 in)
Water ≤ 3 mm (1/8 in) Wet
≤ 3 mm (1/8 in)
Wet snow
≤ 30 mm (6/5 in) Slush
≤ 3 mm (1/8 in) Wet
Dry snow
≤ 100 mm (4 in) Slush

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-CTA-20 P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW RUNWAY CONTAMINATION - DEFINITIONS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-CTA-20 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - RUNWAY CONDITION ASSESSMENT MATRIX FOR LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

RUNWAY CONDITION ASSESSMENT MATRIX

Ident.: PER-LDG-DIS-MAT-00014450.0001001 / 21 JUL 14
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-MAT P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - RUNWAY CONDITION ASSESSMENT MATRIX FOR LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-MAT P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES / MANUAL LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

RLD CONF FULL

Ident.: PER-LDG-DIS-RLD-00013995.0053001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

The RLD in the first table considers: Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, and VAPP=VLS.
Required Landing Distances (m)
Runway State Compacted Standing
Dry Wet Slush
Weight (1000 kg) snow Water
58 1 360 1 570 1 510 1 600 1 650
62 1 420 1 630 1 580 1 690 1 760
66 1 480 1 710 1 660 1 790 1 880
70 1 550 1 780 1 740 1 890 2 000
74 1 610 1 850 1 800 1 990 2 100
78 1 690 1 940 1 870 2 090 2 210
Corrections on Landing Distances (m)
Compacted Standing
Runway State Dry Wet Slush
snow Water
Per 1 000 ft
Altitude + 80 + 90 + 90 + 160 + 150
ABOVE SL
Speed Per 5 kt + 90 + 100 + 90 + 150 + 190
Wind Per 5 kt TW + 160 + 190 + 160 + 270 + 360
Per Thrust
Reverse - - - 110 - 140 - 150
Reverser Operative

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLD P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES / MANUAL LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

RLD CONF 3
Ident.: PER-LDG-DIS-RLD-00013996.0053001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

The RLD in the first table considers: Sea Level (SL), ISA, no wind, no slope, no engine reverse
thrust, manual landing, and VAPP=VLS.
Required Landing Distances (m)
Runway State Compacted Standing
Dry Wet Slush
Weight (1000 kg) snow Water
58 1 430 1 640 1 600 1 710 1 780
62 1 490 1 720 1 680 1 810 1 900
66 1 560 1 790 1 760 1 920 2 020
70 1 630 1 870 1 840 2 040 2 160
74 1 700 1 950 1 910 2 150 2 290
78 1 780 2 050 1 980 2 270 2 390
Corrections on Landing Distances (m)
Compacted Standing
Runway State Dry Wet Slush
snow Water
Per 1 000 ft
Altitude + 80 + 100 + 100 + 170 + 170
ABOVE SL
Speed Per 5 kt + 100 + 110 + 100 + 140 + 190
Wind Per 5 kt TW + 170 + 190 + 160 + 280 + 380
Per Thrust
Reverse - - - 120 - 160 - 170
Reverser Operative

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLD P 2/4

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES / MANUAL LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-LDG-DIS-RLD-00014000.0053001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

EXAMPLE 1
Required Landing Distance (RLD) determination with multiple corrections
Data: Landing CONF = CONF FULL
LW = 70 T
DRY runway
Airport altitude = 2 000 ft
Approach speed = VLS
5 kt TW
ISA conditions
No slope
Read the reference distance for 70 T from RLD table:
RLD (DRY, 0 ft, VLS, no wind) = 1 550 m
Read the different corrections:
Altitude correction: 80 x 2 = +160 m
Wind correction: 160 x 1 = +160 m
RLD (DRY, 2 000 ft, VLS, 5 kt TW) = 1 550 + 160 + 160 = 1 870 m
EXAMPLE 2
Required Landing Distance (RLD) calculation with WET CHECK (Mandatory for EASA
operators)
Data: Landing CONF = CONF FULL
LW = 70 T
Runway covered with STANDING WATER
Airport altitude = 2 000 ft
Approach speed = VLS
Credit for all thrust reversers
ISA conditions
No slope
RLD (WATER, 2 000 ft, VLS, no wind, all reversers) = 2 000 + 150 x 2 - 150 x 2 = 2 000 m
Compare this distance to the landing distance in the same conditions on WET runway:
RLD (WET, 2 000 ft, VLS, no wind) = 1 780 + 90 x 2 = 1 960 m

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLD P 3/4

FCOM C→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES / MANUAL LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

RLD (WET) < RLD (WATER), therefore RLD = 2 000 m

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLD P 4/4

FCOM ←C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES
OPERATING MANUAL

AUTOMATIC LANDING ON DRY RUNWAY

Ident.: PER-LDG-DIS-RLA-00013359.0187001 / 22 MAY 12
Applicable to: ALL

Determine the corrected required landing distance for manual landing from the data above.
The required landing distance for automatic landing is equal to the corrected required landing
distance for manual landing except in the following cases:
‐ In case of landing in CONF 3 with landing weight equal to or less than 60 000 kg and with
headwind at or above 20 kt, it is equal to the corrected required landing distance for manual
landing increased by 60 m.
‐ In case of landing in CONF FULL with landing weight equal to or less than 60 000 kg and with
headwind at or above 20 kt, it is equal to the corrected required landing distance for manual
landing increased by 80 m.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLA P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DISPATCH - REQUIRED LANDING DISTANCES
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-LDG-DIS-RLA P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
PERFORMANCE

ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE

Intentionally left blank
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

PER-OEI-GEN GENERAL
PER-OEI-GEN-05 GENERAL
INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................................................A
FLIGHT PREPARATION......................................................................................................................................... B
STRATEGY..............................................................................................................................................................C

PER-OEI-GEN-10 STANDARD STRATEGY

PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................................... A
EXAMPLE................................................................................................................................................................ B

PER-OEI-GEN-15 OBSTACLE STRATEGY

PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................................... A
EXAMPLE................................................................................................................................................................ B

PER-OEI-GEN-20 FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES

PROCEDURE.......................................................................................................................................................... A
EXAMPLE................................................................................................................................................................ B

PER-OEI-ALT ALTITUDE
PER-OEI-ALT-10 CEILINGS
Ceilings.....................................................................................................................................................................A

PER-OEI-CRT CRUISE TABLES

PER-OEI-CRT-10 STANDARD AND OBSTACLE STRATEGIES
LONG RANGE CRUISE - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA................................................................................................... A
LONG RANGE CRUISE - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20............................................................................................ B

PER-OEI-CRT-20 FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES

CRUISE - MCT/VMO - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA........................................................................................................A
CRUISE - MCT/VMO - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20.................................................................................................B
CRUISE - MCT/320KT - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA..................................................................................................... C
CRUISE - MCT/320KT - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20.............................................................................................. D

PER-OEI-ICQ IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK

PER-OEI-ICQ-10 STANDARD STRATEGIES
IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK AT LONG RANGE SPEED........................................................................................A
CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT......................................................................... B
Continued on the following page

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-PLP-TOC P 1/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW PRELIMINARY PAGES - TABLE OF CONTENTS
OPERATING MANUAL

Continued from the previous page

PER-OEI-ICQ-20 FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
GENERAL................................................................................................................................................................ A
CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT......................................................................... B
IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK VMO.......................................................................................................................... C
IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK 320KT........................................................................................................................ D

PER-OEI-HLD HOLDING
HOLDING................................................................................................................................................................. A

PER-OEI-DES DESCENT
PER-OEI-DES-10 STANDARD STRATEGY
DESCENT - M.78/300KT.........................................................................................................................................A

PER-OEI-DES-15 OBSTACLE STRATEGY

GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT GREEN DOT SPEED - ISA...................................................................... A
GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT GREEN DOT SPEED - ISA +20............................................................... B

PER-OEI-DES-20 FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES

DESCENT - M.80/350KT ....................................................................................................................................... A
DESCENT - M.78/320KT ....................................................................................................................................... B

PER-OEI-DES-30 DESCENT TO LANDING

DESCENT TO LANDING........................................................................................................................................ A

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-PLP-TOC P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

INTRODUCTION
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-05-00002064.0001001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

This chapter provides the single engine performance data to be used for the conduct and monitoring
of the flight following an engine failure.
The diversion strategy (descent and cruise speed schedules) shall be selected, and specified in the
operator’s routes specifications, as a function of the prevailing operational factors (e.g. obstacles
clearance requirements and/or ETOPS operation).

FLIGHT PREPARATION
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-05-00002065.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

In readiness for a possible engine failure occurring during the flight, any flight shall be planned so as
to comply with any of the following requirements, as applicable :
• obstacle clearance,
• oxygen,
• maximum diversion distance (ETOPS operation).
The following FCOM sections provide flight preparation and fuel planning information :
• Refer to PER-FPL-GEN-MFR MINIMUM RECOMMENDED FUEL REQUIREMENTS, for Standard
Fuel Planning,
• Refer to PRO-SPO-40-10 General, for Extended Range Operation (ETOPS) and associated fuel
requirements.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-05 P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - GENERAL
OPERATING MANUAL

STRATEGY
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-05-00002067.0001001 / 23 NOV 11
Applicable to: ALL

Depending on the prevailing operational constraints, the most appropriate diversion strategy shall be
selected, out of the following options:
STANDARD OBSTACLE FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
STRATEGY STRATEGY 320 kt VMO
DESCENT • M .78/300 kt • Green Dot Speed • M .78/320 kt • M .80/350 kt
TO CEILING • MCT • MCT • MCT • MCT

‐ Obstacle not FL per Refer to FL per Refer to

cleared: PRO-SPO-40-60 PRO-SPO-40-60
Maintain Green Dot ETOPS Fuel From ETOPS Fuel From
LR ceiling
CRUISE LR speed
Speed at MCT Critical Point to Critical Point to
‐ Obstacle cleared : Landing - One Engine Landing - One Engine
Revert to standard Out - Cruise at 320kt Out - Cruise at 350kt
strategy MCT/320 kt MCT/350 kt

DESCENT
IDLE/M .78/300 kt/250 kt
TO LANDING
Approx
increase in fuel
consumption
+33 %
compared with
both engines
operative
For ETOPS operations, any of the above diversion strategies can be used provided that the selected
strategy and speed schedule is used in:
‐ establishing the area of operation (maximum diversion distance), Refer to PRO-SPO-40-60
General,
‐ calculating the diversion fuel requirements for the single engine ETOPS critical scenario, Refer to
PRO-SPO-40-30 ETOPS Fuel Scenarios,
‐ demonstrating the applicable obstacle clearance requirements (net flight path and net ceiling).
During the diversion, the flight crew is expected to use the planned speed schedule.
However, based on the evaluation of the actual situation, the pilot in command has the authority to
deviate from this planned one engine inoperative speed.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-05 P 2/2

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

PROCEDURE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-10-00002068.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

Unless a specific procedure has been established before dispatch (ETOPS, mountainous areas) the
recommended procedure is as follows :

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 1/6

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-10-00014744.0001001 / 26 NOV 14
Applicable to: ALL

GIVEN:
The following data and graphs are for example only, and are not for operational use. Even if the
data in the following example is in “kg” and “m”, the same method can be applied for “lb” and “ft”.
GW at engine failure = 70 000 kg
FL at engine failure = 310
Temperature = ISA
Distance to diversion airport = 560 nm
No wind
FIND:
‐ LRC ceiling : (Refer to QRH/PER-E Ceilings).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 2/6

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

‐ LRC ceiling :FL 182

Descent to cruise level: (FL 180) Refer to PER-OEI-DES-10 DESCENT - M.78/300KT

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 3/6

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Distance = 235 - 98 = 137 nm

Fuel = 1 248 - 567 = 681 kg
Time = 35.6 - 16.0 = 19.6 min
‐ Cruise at long range speed (FL 180) to landing :
Weight = 70 000 - 681 = 69 319 kg - Distance = 560 - 137 = 423 nm.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 4/6

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Determine on time and fuel consumption at ISA conditions and for the reference initial weight
(55 000 kg in example). Interpolate the remaining air distance of 423 nm at FL 180 (Refer to
QRH/PER-E In Cruise Quick Check Long Range).

Fuel : 2 436 kg
Time : 1 h 23 min
Correction due to actual in-cruise weight

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 5/6

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

ΔFuel = +19 kg per 1 000 kg above reference weight

ΔFuel = +19 kg × (69.3 – 55) ~ 280 kg
RESULT:
Total Fuel = 681 + 2 436 + 280 = 3 397 kg
Time = 1 h 23 min + 20 min = 1 h 43 min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-10 P 6/6

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

PROCEDURE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-15-00002072.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

In order to maintain the highest possible level, the drift down procedure must be adopted.
This requires maximum continuous thrust on the remaining engine at green dot speed.
 If, having reached drift down ceiling altitude, an obstacle problem remains, the drift down
procedure must be maintained so as to fly an ascending cruise profile.
 If, after drift down, no obstacle problem remains, the speed should be allowed to increase
to long range speed and maintained. The subsequent cruise should be made using either
the long range speed by adjusting it as a function of aircraft weight or by maintaining the
initial cruise speed.
Note: Due to the fact that the long range speed is higher than the green dot speed, the cruise will
be made at an altitude lower than the drift down ceiling.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 1/8

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 2/8

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-15-00014747.0001001 / 26 NOV 14
Applicable to: ALL

GIVEN
The following data and graphs are for example only, and are not for operational use. Even if the
data in the following example is in “kg” and “m”, the same method can be applied for “lb” and “ft”.
GW at engine failure = 62 000 kg
FL at engine failure = 350
Temperature = ISA
Distance to destination airport = 1 500 nm
No wind
FIND
‐ Level off (drift down ceiling) :(Refer to PER-OEI-DES-15 GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT
GREEN DOT SPEED - ISA).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 3/8

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Level off (drift down ceiling) = 25 700 ft

Distance : 239 nm
Fuel : 1 300 kg
Time : 44 min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 4/8

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

‐ LRC ceiling : (Refer to QRH/PER-E Ceilings)

LRC ceiling = FL 203

‐ Cruise at long range speed (FL 200) to landing
Weight = 62 000 - 1 300 = 60 700 kg - Distance = 1 500 - 239 = 1 261 nm.
Determine on time and fuel consumption at ISA conditions for the reference initial weight
(55 000 kg in example). Interpolate the remaining air distance of 1 261 nm at FL 200 (Refer to
QRH/PER-E In Cruise Quick Check Long Range)

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 5/8

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Fuel : 7 049 kg
Time : 3 h 51 min
Correction due to actual in-cruise weight
ΔFuel = +63 kg per 1 000 kg above reference weight
ΔFuel = +63 kg × (60.7 – 55) ~ 359 kg

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 6/8

FCOM ←B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

RESULT
Total Fuel = 7 049 + 359 + 1 300 = 8 708 kg
Time = 3 h 51 min + 44 min = 4 h 35 min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 7/8

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-15 P 8/8

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

PROCEDURE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-20-00002091.0001001 / 01 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

This section provides single engine performance data for two fixed speed diversion strategies
(fixed descent and cruise speed schedules) recommended for ETOPS operation, provided that the
requirements set forth, Refer to PER-OEI-GEN-05 INTRODUCTION, are complied with.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW GENERAL - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

EXAMPLE
Ident.: PER-OEI-GEN-20-00002093.0016001 / 22 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

GIVEN :
GW at engine failure = 75 000 kg
FL at engine failure = 350
Temperature = ISA
Distance to diversion airport = 500 nm
Speed selected before dispatch = 350 kt
Cruise level for diversion
Selected before dispatch = FL 180
FIND :
Descent to cruise level (Refer to : Distance = 194 - 102 = 92 nm
PER-OEI-DES-20 DESCENT - Fuel = 1 250 - 780 = 470 kg
M.80/350KT) Time = 26.2 - 14.5 = 11.7 min
Cruise
Weight = 75 000 - 470 = 74 530 kg
Distance = 500 - 92 = 408 nm
Determine (Refer to PER-OEI-ICQ-20 IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK VMO) time and fuel
consumption at ISA conditions for a reference weight of 60 000 kg
Interpolate the remaining distance of 408 nm at FL 180
Fuel = 2 839 kg
Time = 1 h 11 min
Correction due to actual in-cruise weight
▵Fuel = +3 kg per 1 000 kg above reference weight
▵Fuel = +3 kg × (74.5 – 60) ~ 44 kg
RESULT :
Total Fuel = 2 839 + 44 + 470 = 3 353 kg
Time = 1 h 11 min + 12 min = 1 h 23 min

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-GEN-20 P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - CEILINGS
OPERATING MANUAL

CEILINGS
Ident.: PER-OEI-ALT-10-00016065.0001001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

Refer to QRH/PER-E Ceilings.

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ALT-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW ALTITUDE - CEILINGS
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ALT-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - STANDARD AND OBSTACLE STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

LONG RANGE CRUISE - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-10-00002108.0015001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-10 P 1/4

FCOM A→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - STANDARD AND OBSTACLE STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-10 P 2/4

FCOM ←A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - STANDARD AND OBSTACLE STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

LONG RANGE CRUISE - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-10-00002111.0015001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-10 P 3/4

FCOM B→ 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - STANDARD AND OBSTACLE STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-10 P 4/4

FCOM ←B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - MCT/VMO - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-20-00002112.0018001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-20 P 1/4

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - MCT/VMO - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-20-00002115.0038001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-20 P 2/4

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - MCT/320KT - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-20-00002116.0018001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-20 P 3/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW CRUISE TABLES - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

CRUISE - MCT/320KT - 1 ENGINE OUT - ISA +20

Ident.: PER-OEI-CRT-20-00002119.0018001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-CRT-20 P 4/4

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - STANDARD STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK AT LONG RANGE SPEED

Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-10-00002122.0003001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

In cruise quick check tables (Refer to QRH/PER-E In Cruise Quick Check Long Range) allow the
flight crew to determine the fuel consumption and the time required to cover a given air distance from
any moment in cruise to landing, with one engine inoperative.
These tables are established for :
‐ Cruise Mach number : long range
‐ Descent profile : M .78/250 kt/300 kt
‐ Approach and landing : 140 kg or 340 lb -6 min IMC
‐ ISA
‐ CG = 33 %
‐ Normal air conditioning
‐ Anti ice OFF
Note: 1. In the tables, the asterisk (*) means that a step climb of 4 000 ft must be flown to reach
the corresponding flight level.
2. The flight level shown on the top of each column is the final flight level.
3. For each degree Celsius above ISA temperature apply a fuel correction of 0.015
(kg/°C/NM) × Δ ISA (°C) × air distance (NM) or 0.033 (lb/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × air
distance (NM).

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-10-00002123.0001001 / 28 JAN 11
Applicable to: ALL

The in cruise quick check tables are based on a reference initial weight.
A correction on the fuel consumption has to be made, when the actual initial weight is different from
the reference initial weight.
If it is lower (or greater) than the reference weight, subtract (or add) the value given in the correction
part of the table per 1 000 kg or 1 000 lb below (or above) the reference initial weight (Refer to
PER-OEI-GEN-20 EXAMPLE).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-10 P 1/2

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - STANDARD STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

GENERAL
Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-20-00002125.0003001 / 14 NOV 11
Applicable to: ALL

The following in cruise quick check tables allow the flight crew to determine the fuel consumption and
the time required to cover a given air distance from any moment in cruise to landing with one engine
inoperative.
These tables are established for :
‐ Cruise speed: MCT/VMO, MCT/320 kt.
‐ Descent profile: M .78/300 kt/250 kt
‐ Approach and landing: 140 kg or 310 lb – 6 min IMC
‐ ISA
‐ CG = 33 %
‐ Normal Air Conditioning
‐ Anti ice OFF
Note: 1. In the tables, the asterisk "*" means that a step climb of 4 000 ft has been made to reach
the corresponding flight level.
2. The flight level shown on the top of each column is the final flight level.
3. For each degree Celsius above ISA apply a fuel correction of
0.015 (kg/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air Distance (NM)
or 0.033 (lb/°C/NM) × ΔISA (°C) × Air Distance (NM)

CORRECTION FOR DEVIATION FROM REFERENCE WEIGHT

Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-20-00002126.0001001 / 03 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

The in cruise quick check tables are based on a reference initial weight. The fuel consumption must
be corrected when the actual weight is different from the reference initial weight.
If it is lower (or greater) than the reference weight, subtract (or add) the value given in the
correction part of the table per 1 000 kg or 1 000 lb below (or above) the reference weight (Refer to
PER-OEI-GEN-20 EXAMPLE).

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-20 P 1/4

FCOM A to B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK VMO

Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-20-00002127.0017001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-20 P 2/4

FCOM C 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK 320KT

Ident.: PER-OEI-ICQ-20-00002128.0017001 / 10 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-20 P 3/4

FCOM D 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-ICQ-20 P 4/4

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW HOLDING
OPERATING MANUAL

HOLDING
Ident.: PER-OEI-HLD-00002130.0019001 / 28 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-HLD P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW HOLDING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-HLD P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCENT - M.78/300KT
Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-10-00002135.0015001 / 09 MAR 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-10 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - STANDARD STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-10 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT GREEN DOT SPEED - ISA

Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-15-00002080.0015001 / 02 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-15 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - OBSTACLE STRATEGY
OPERATING MANUAL

GROSS FLIGHT PATH DESCENT AT GREEN DOT SPEED - ISA +20

Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-15-00002088.0015001 / 01 DEC 14
Applicable to: ALL

‐ For LONG RANGE CRUISE table Refer to PER-OEI-CRT-10 LONG RANGE CRUISE - 1 ENGINE
OUT - ISA
‐ For IN CRUISE QUICK CHECK Refer to QRH/PER-E In Cruise Quick Check Long Range

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-15 P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCENT - M.80/350KT
Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-20-00002136.0018001 / 22 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-20 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - FIXED SPEED STRATEGIES
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCENT - M.78/320KT
Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-20-00002137.0018001 / 02 FEB 11
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-20 P 2/2

FCOM B 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - DESCENT TO LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

DESCENT TO LANDING
Ident.: PER-OEI-DES-30-00002138.0017001 / 09 DEC 09
Applicable to: ALL

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-30 P 1/2

FCOM A 26 MAY 15
 PERFORMANCE
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE
FCOM A321
FLIGHT CREW DESCENT - DESCENT TO LANDING
OPERATING MANUAL

Intentionally left blank

HVN FCOM A321 FLEET PER-OEI-DES-30 P 2/2

FCOM 26 MAY 15